Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

550 missions · 281 completed

Missions

Open269Completed281All550
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory III: Stationary Regimes of Stochastic RecurrencesTextbook

Stationary Regimes of Stochastic Recurrences

Background

Chapter 2 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory asks when a queue has a stationary regime. §§2.1–2.4 answer it for the single-server and multiserver queues by Loynes' monotone construction. §§2.5 and 2.11 answer it for the general object those constructions are instances of: a stochastic recurrence

W_{n+1} = h(W_n, ξ_n),

driven by a sequence {ξ_n} compatible with an ergodic shift θ. Two questions arise, and this mission is about both.

Exact sampling, and what "exact" means

§2.5.3 treats the finite-state case. An ergodic transition matrix on E = {1, …, r} has a stationary law π, and the classical way to sample it is to run the chain and wait. That gives a sample whose law converges to π and is never equal to it.

Coupling from the past (Propp and Wilson, 1996) does better. Run one chain from every state, all sharing a single array {ξ_k(i)} of i.i.d. uniforms indexed by time and current state, started further and further in the past. Once two chains meet they stay together, so eventually all r coalesce before time 0 — and Theorem 2.5.1 says the common value they reach has the distribution π exactly. Theorem 2.5.2 makes it practical: if the updating function preserves a partial order with a least and a greatest state, and a single uniform sequence drives every chain, the two extremal chains funnel all the others and their coalescence suffices.

Neither theorem is a statement about a program. Each says that a random variable is almost surely finite, and that another has a distribution equal to π.

Renovating events: sufficient, and then necessary

§2.5.4 treats the general case, through Borovkov's idea. An event A_n is renovating of length m when, on it, W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}) — the sequence's value m steps ahead forgets where it came from. Theorem 2.5.3 turns a condition on how often renovating events occur into the existence of a finite stationary solution Z with Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ), and into strong backwards coupling: W_n ∘ θ^{-n} is not merely convergent to Z but equal to it after a finite random index.

Corollary 2.5.1 makes the limit independent of the initial condition — one stationary regime, reached from every starting point. Theorem 2.5.4 is the converse: for ℝ₊^K-valued recurrences with a constant initial condition, strong backwards coupling produces renovating events. So the method characterises stability rather than merely detecting it.

The saturation rule

§2.11 treats the multidimensional case, where the state is a vector and the natural models are monotone and homogeneous. Theorem 2.11.1, due to Crandall and Tartar, is the key that unlocks it: under homogeneity, monotone and non-expansive are the same property. That is what puts these models within reach of Kingman's subadditive ergodic theorem, and Theorem 2.11.2 collects the payoff — asymptotic growth rates γ̄ and γ_ exist, both almost surely and in L¹, and do not depend on the initial condition.

The goal

Queueing folklore has a rule of thumb for the stability of an open network: saturate the queues fed by the external stream, measure the departure intensity µ of the saturated system, and declare the network stable when λ < µ. The book is careful that this saturation rule "does not hold for all systems".

Theorem 2.11.3 (p.166), "the main result on the stability region", proves it for Monotone-Homogeneous-Separable networks:

If lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s., then λ γ(0) ≥ 1.    If λ γ(0) > 1, then lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s.

Here γ(c) is the growth rate of the network fed by the scaled process cN, so c = 0 places every arrival at the origin: γ(0) is exactly the saturated system's rate, and µ = γ(0)⁻¹.

Two implications, with a gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 that the book leaves open — as it leaves open the critical case ρ = 1 of Loynes' theorem. Closing it would assert more than is proved.

What this mission provides

Nothing here is on the platform or in Mathlib. There is no coupling from the past, no theory of renovating events, and no Crandall–Tartar theorem. Order/Hom/* has monotone maps and Topology/MetricSpace/* has LipschitzWith 1, which is the right ambient notion for non-expansiveness in the sup-norm, but the equivalence between them under homogeneity is absent.

Formalization scope

  • The standing assumptions of §2.5.1 (p.104) are part of every §2.5.4 statement: (P⁰, θ) is ergodic and {ξ_n} is compatible with θ. The relation Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ) holds P⁰-a.s.
  • Theorem 2.5.4 is stated for {W_n^{[C]}}, the sequence its proof on p.119 builds the renovating events for. The page prints {W_n^{[0]}} in the conclusion, and that version is false. Corollary 2.5.1 uses the renovating condition of (2.5.14), W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}), where the page prints W_n.
  • Theorem 2.11.2 carries all four limits, a.s. and in expectation, for every integrable ℝ^K-valued random initial condition Y, under the book's linear lower bound E[X_n^{[0]}] > −Cn.
  • The goal is stated on the Palm space of a stationary ergodic marked point process: T_0 = 0, T_n ∘ θ = T_{n+1} − T_1, ξ_n ∘ θ = ξ_{n+1}, E⁰τ_n = λ^{-1}, E⁰Z_n < ∞. The map X satisfies (2.11.16) (it depends only on the points and marks in the index window) and the four framework assumptions for every point process. γ(0) is the a.s. limit of Z_{[-n,-1]}(0·N)/n. Dropping the marks would reduce the theorem to deterministic service, and dropping the link between the points and θ makes the second implication false. Neither is done.
  • Stating only one of the goal's two implications, or collapsing them into an equivalence, would be a different theorem. Both implications are stated, with the gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 left open.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory II: The Loynes Stability Theorem and CouplingTextbook

The Loynes Stability Theorem and Coupling

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds a calculus for stationary queues. Chapter 2 asks the prior question: when is there a stationary queue at all?

The G/G/1/∞ queue is one server at unit rate, infinite waiting room, fed by a stationary marked point process {(T_n, σ_n)} — arrival epochs and required service times. Its workload W(t), the service still owed by the server, obeys Lindley's equation between arrivals:

W(t) = (W(T_n−) + σ_n − (t − T_n))⁺,    t ∈ [T_n, T_{n+1}).                          (2.1.6)

Nothing in that equation says a solution exists on the whole line, let alone a stationary one. The answer is a sharp criterion in the traffic intensity ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0].

The goal

Theorem 2.1.1 (p.80), which the book calls "the fundamental result of stability". Under ρ < 1 there is a unique finite workload process on all of ℝ, compatible with the flow, and it is given explicitly by the Loynes supremum

W(0) = sup_{n ≤ 0} ( T_n + Σ_{i=n}^{0} σ_i )⁺ ,                                      (2.1.12)

with W(T_n−) = 0 for infinitely many negative and infinitely many positive n (2.1.13). If ρ > 1 there is no finite stationary workload process at all.

Each half earns its place. The supremum is what "the Loynes construction" means: look back from the origin, take the work brought by customers n, …, 0 less the time −T_n since elapsed, and maximise over how far back you look. The ρ > 1 half is what turns ρ < 1 from a sufficient condition into a criterion. The critical case ρ = 1 is an explicit non-result in the book — there "may or may not" be a stationary workload — and is deliberately absent from the statement.

The route, and what it produces on the way

§2.2 proves the theorem by Loynes' monotone scheme on the Palm space, and two of its steps are worth stating in their own right.

Lemma 2.2.1 (p.87) is the uniqueness engine: a non-negative, a.s. finite Z with Z − Z∘θ ∈ L¹(P⁰) has E⁰[Z − Z∘θ] = 0. Applied to the difference of two stationary solutions, it forces that difference to be invariant, and ergodicity then forces it to be zero.

Theorem 2.2.1 (p.90) runs the argument backwards. Its section is titled "Queueing Proof of the Ergodic Theorem", and it is exactly that: the queueing construction yields the pointwise ergodic theorem, in the ratio form

lim_n ( Σ_{i=0}^n σ∘θ^{-i} ) / ( Σ_{i=0}^n τ∘θ^{-i} ) = E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ],    P⁰-a.s.

Mathlib has the mean (von Neumann) ergodic theorem and no pointwise one, so this is absent substrate rather than a restatement.

Three extensions

The multiserver queue (§2.3). With s servers and the least-loaded-server rule, the state is the ordered workload vector obeying the Kiefer–Wolfowitz recurrence, and the criterion becomes E⁰[σ] < s E⁰[τ] (Theorem 2.3.1, p.93). Here uniqueness fails: p.94 exhibits a two-point space with a whole interval of stationary solutions. What survives is that the solution set is bracketed — M_∞ is minimal, and V^∞_∞ is the largest finite solution (Theorem 2.3.2, p.95).

Coupling (§2.4). Theorem 2.4.1 (p.99) is what "reaches the stationary regime" means: if a sequence couples with a θ-compatible one, then the law of its whole shifted trajectory converges in variation to the stationary trajectory's. The proof is one inequality, |P̃_{X,k} − P̃_{Z,k}| ≤ P(N > k), and the finiteness of the coupling time.

The fluid queue (§2.7). Theorem 2.7.1 (p.131) replaces customers by two θ_t-compatible random measures, the arrivals A and the service capacity C, and recovers the Loynes supremum W(t) = sup_{u ≤ t}(A_{u,t} − C_{u,t}) under λ < µ — as the minimal solution, the book claiming no uniqueness here.

Formalization scope

  • ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0] takes values in [0, ∞], so an input with E⁰_A[σ_0] = ∞ has ρ = ∞ and falls under the non-existence half rather than being read as ρ = 0.
  • The explicit formulas are carried: the Loynes supremum (2.1.12) with the boundedness of its set as a conclusion, the construction points (2.1.13), the ratio limit E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.2.1, the threshold s E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.3.1, and the fluid supremum (2.7.7).
  • Identities between random variables hold almost surely, as in the book: the workload equations, (2.1.12)–(2.1.13), (2.7.7), and the solutions of (2.3.2). A statement "for every sample point" would be false, because on a null invariant set of sample paths no finite solution exists.
  • Uniqueness in Theorem 2.1.1 is among measurable, θ_t-compatible workload processes; maximality in Theorem 2.3.2 is among measurable finite solutions; the coupling time of Theorem 2.4.1 is a random variable. A formalization that dropped the explicit supremum, or the ρ > 1 half, would trivialize the goal and is ruled out.

What this mission provides

None of it is on the platform or in Mathlib. The nearest platform item, single_server_queueing_convergence_of_subcritical, presupposes a stationary workload and proves two-time finite-dimensional convergence to it; Theorem 2.1.1 constructs that workload, proves it unique, gives it in closed form, and adds the non-existence half. Different conclusion, different generality, different Mathlib revision.

13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory Ib: Ergodicity and Stochastic IntensityTextbook

Ergodicity and Stochastic Intensity

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory has two halves. The first builds Palm calculus from the Matthes definition of P⁰_N and reaches the Swiss army formula. This mission is the second: §§1.6, 1.8 and 1.9, which supply the two things the rest of the book runs on.

Ergodic theory, quoted

§1.6 states, in its own words, "the ergodic theory results to be used later in this book". Five of them, and the book proves none: Birkhoff's pointwise ergodic theorem in discrete (Theorem 1.6.1) and continuous time (Theorem 1.6.4), Kingman's sub-additive ergodic theorem (Theorem 1.6.2), and the extremal characterizations of ergodicity in both settings (Theorems 1.6.3 and 1.6.5) — ergodicity is exactly the impossibility of splitting an invariant probability into two distinct ones.

They are quoted, but they are not decoration. Kingman's theorem is what produces the asymptotic growth rates of Theorem 2.11.2 and the constant γ(c) on which the saturation rule rests. Birkhoff's theorem is what makes the time average in PASTA's (3.3.2) a well-defined object, and what the fluid Loynes theorem invokes for lim_{u→−∞}(A_{u,0} − C_{u,0}) = −∞.

None of the three analytic ones exists in Mathlib. Analysis/InnerProductSpace/MeanErgodic is the mean (von Neumann, L²) theorem, not almost-everywhere convergence, and there is no sub-additive ergodic theorem at all. The platform has neither.

Predictability, and why PASTA can be stated

§1.8 introduces the stochastic intensity: a point process N admits the (P, F_t)-intensity {λ(t)} when E[N(a,b] 1_A] = E[(∫_a^b λ(t)dt) 1_A] for A ∈ F_a. Around it sits the notion of a predictable process — one measurable with respect to the strict past.

Theorem 1.8.1 is the structural fact that makes predictability usable. For the internal history of a marked point process, every predictable process has the concrete form

Z(t, ω) = v(t, θ_t ω),    v(t, ·) F_{0−}-measurable.                                   (1.8.1)

That is why mission IV can take this form as PASTA's hypothesis rather than constructing a predictable σ-field: Theorem 1.8.1 says nothing is lost.

The goal

Theorem 1.8.2 (p.61), §1.8.4, Watanabe's characterization of Poisson processes. For a history F_t = F_t^N ∨ G and a G-measurable, locally integrable {λ(t)}, if N admits the F_t-intensity {λ(t)} then N is a G-conditional Poisson process:

E[ e^{iuN(a,b]} | G ∨ F^N_a ] = exp{ (e^{iu} − 1) ∫_a^b λ(t) dt } .                    (1.8.12)

A stochastic intensity that carries no information beyond G forces the process to be Poisson conditionally on G, with the compensator as the parameter — and the conditional characteristic function is the exact Poisson one, not an approximation. With G trivial and λ constant this is the ordinary Poisson process, which is the equivalence Remark 3.3.1 of Chapter 3 invokes to explain the name PASTA. The book: "This result plays a role in queueing theory, especially for proving that some streams in a queueing network are or are not Poissonian."

Palm probability meets stochastic intensity

§1.9 asks whether the stochastic intensity is the same under P and under P⁰_N — whether the two probabilities describe the same dynamics. Theorem 1.9.1 says yes, on ℝ₊: the same process {λ(t)} serves both.

Theorem 1.9.2 is Papangelou's theorem, and it is the deepest statement of the section: N admits a stochastic intensity if and only if P⁰_N ≪ P on F_{0−}, and then λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ the Radon–Nikodým derivative. A dynamic property and a static one turn out to be the same thing.

Theorem 1.9.3 is Mecke's characterization: N is Poisson exactly when P ≡ P⁰_N on F_{0−}. The view from a point of the process and the view from a deterministic instant agree on the strict past precisely when the process has no memory. It follows in one line from the two theorems before it.

What this mission provides

Four of the five missions in this series import the Chapter 1 substrate; this one adds the two pieces they need from its second half — ergodic theory and the stochastic intensity. Nothing here is on the platform, and Mathlib has filtrations and adapted processes but no predictability in this form, no stochastic intensity, no pointwise ergodic theorem and no Kingman.

Formalization scope

Every result is stated in the book's strength, with the book's standing definitions as binders. A discrete flow is a bijective, measurable, P⁰-preserving map (p.46); a continuous flow is jointly measurable in (t, ω) (p.3, clause (a)). A history compatible with the flow satisfies θ_t F_s = F_{s−t} (p.57), and an F_t-intensity is a non-negative, measurable, locally integrable, adapted process (p.58). The limits of Theorems 1.6.1, 1.6.2 and 1.6.4 are asserted to exist; Kingman's constant h̄ lies in ℝ ∪ {−∞} and is identified with inf_n (1/n) E⁰[h_n], the means being extended reals so that E⁰[h_n] = −∞ is not read as 0. Theorems 1.6.3, 1.6.5, 1.9.2 and 1.9.3 are equivalences, and Theorem 1.9.2 carries the closed form λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ = dP⁰_N/dP on F_{0−}. The goal's conclusion is the exact conditional characteristic function (1.8.12); a formalization that only asserted some conditional Poisson law, or conditioned on G alone, would not be this theorem.

13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory I: The Swiss Army Formula of Palm CalculusTextbook

The Swiss Army Formula of Palm Calculus

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds the calculus that the rest of the book runs on. Its subject is the relation between two ways of looking at the same stationary system: from a clock fixed in time, and from a customer arriving into it. The two are not the same — the interval a random instant falls into is longer than a typical interval, a fact every queueing student meets as the inspection paradox — and the object that makes the difference precise is the Palm probability P⁰_N.

The chapter defines P⁰_N by the Matthes definition in terms of counting,

λ t P⁰_N(A) = E[ Σ_{n ∈ ℤ} 1_A(θ_{T_n}) 1_{(0,t]}(T_n) ],                          (1.2.1)

and everything else is a theorem about it. That ordering is deliberate here too: P⁰_N is carried in the formalization as a predicate satisfying (1.2.1), not as a measure constructed to make Mecke's formula true. If it were the latter, Mecke's formula would be a definition and the inversion formula and the goal theorem would inherit that emptiness.

From (1.2.1) the chapter derives, in order: that P⁰_N is invariant under the point shift (1.2.16); Mecke's formula (1.2.17), which the literature also knows as the generalized Campbell formula; the inversion formula of Ryll-Nardzewski and Slivnyak (1.2.25), which runs back from P⁰_N to P; the mean-value formulas (1.3.2)–(1.3.3); the Neveu exchange formula (1.3.4), which relates two point processes stationary for the same flow; and the Miyazawa rate conservation principle (1.3.10), which balances the drift of a process between its jumps against the rate at which it jumps.

The goal

§1.3.7 then collects all of them into one identity. Its name is the book's own:

Depending on which blade is selected, a Swiss army knife transforms itself into various useful tools. The formula obtained in this subsection is called the Swiss army formula of Palm calculus because it contains the main formulas of this theory, as well as some new ones.

Theorem 1.3.1 (p.29). For arrivals {T_n} with counting measure A and intensity λ_A, departures {τ_n} with counting measure D — not assumed ordered — sojourn times W_n = τ_n − T_n ≥ 0 forming a sequence of marks of A, the number in system {X(t)} with X(b) − X(a) = A((a,b]) − D((a,b]), a non-decreasing corlol integrator {B(t)} and a non-negative process {Z(t)}, all compatible with a measurable flow under which P is invariant:

λ_A E⁰_A [ ∫_(0,W_0] Z(s) dB(s) ] = (1/t) E [ ∫_(0,t] X(s−) Z(s) dB(s) ].              (1.3.28)

Selecting the blade Z ≡ 1, B(t) = t turns it into λ_A E⁰_A[W_0] = E[X(0)] — Little's law, here in its full stationary-ergodic form rather than as a deterministic sample-path identity. Other choices give the inversion formula, the Miyazawa conservation principle and the rate conservation law.

The local meaning of P⁰_N

One milestone stands slightly apart. Theorem 1.5.1 (p.45) is what licenses the whole reading of P⁰_N as "what an arriving customer sees":

lim_{t→0} sup_{A ∈ F} | P⁰_N(A) − P(θ_{T_1} ∈ A | T_1 ≤ t) | = 0.                       (1.5.3)

The supremum is inside the limit. The convergence is uniform over every measurable event, which is what Dobrushin's estimate of §1.5.1 buys and what a pointwise limit would not give.

What this mission provides

Nothing in this chapter exists on the platform or in Mathlib: not stationary marked point processes, not Palm probability, not the Campbell measure. Four of the five missions in this series import the vocabulary built here, and the two definition items — the substrate of §§1.1–1.2 and the setting of §1.3.7 — are as much of the deliverable as the theorems are.

Formalization scope

  • The flow {θ_t} is a one-parameter group with (t, ω) ↦ θ_t ω jointly measurable (p.5 (a)); a point process is its strictly increasing points {T_n}_{n ∈ ℤ} with T_0 ≤ 0 < T_1, infinitely many on each side (Hypothesis 1.1.1), with finite non-null intensity λ = E[N((0,1])].
  • P⁰_N is characterized by (1.2.1) for every t > 0, which determines it uniquely; nothing is axiomatized. A formalization that introduced P⁰_N as any measure satisfying Mecke's formula would make the milestones and the goal trivial and is ruled out.
  • Every "for all non-negative measurable" formula (Mecke, inversion, mean-value, Neveu, Wald, the goal) is stated in [0, ∞] with lower Lebesgue integrals, for all such functions, not only bounded or integrable ones.
  • Three hypotheses the book uses without listing them are explicit: the Swiss army formula assumes the integrator {B(t)} is θ_t-compatible (the proof uses it, and without it the identity fails); it is stated for t > 0, the only values at which 1/t and (0, t] give it content; and the Miyazawa principle assumes Y'(0) ∈ L¹(P), which its E[Y'(0)] presupposes.
  • Theorem 1.5.1 keeps the supremum over all events inside the limit (one δ for every A).
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Introduction to the Scenario Approach III: The Risks of the Empirical Costs Follow an Ordered Dirichlet DistributionTextbook

Motivation

A scenario program replaces an uncertain optimization problem by its worst case over finitely many sampled instances. In its simplest form it reads

min⁡ν∈Rd−1[max⁡i=1,…,Nℓ(ν,δi)],\min_{\nu\in\mathbb R^{d-1}}\Big[\max_{i=1,\dots,N}\ell(\nu,\delta_i)\Big],ν∈Rd−1min​[i=1,…,Nmax​ℓ(ν,δi​)],

where ℓ(ν,δ)\ell(\nu,\delta)ℓ(ν,δ) is the cost of a decision ν\nuν when the uncertain parameter takes the value δ\deltaδ, and δ1,…,δN\delta_1,\dots,\delta_Nδ1​,…,δN​ are independent draws from an unknown probability P\mathbb PP. The classical guarantee of the scenario approach (Campi and Garatti, 2008) bounds the probability that a new instance produces a cost above the optimal value ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗, and it does so without any knowledge of P\mathbb PP.

That guarantee concerns a single number, ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗. Two scenario programs with the same NNN and the same optimal value can look very different at the solution: in one, most sampled costs lie just below ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗; in the other, they are widely scattered. The costs that do not determine the solution still carry information about how the cost of the chosen decision is distributed on future instances. Carè, Garatti and Campi (2015) showed that this information can be extracted with the same distribution-free character as the classical result, which is the subject of this mission. It is Chapter 8, §8.1 ("Probability box") of Campi and Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach (SIAM/MOS 2018), the third mission of the series formalizing that book.

Timeline:

  • 2008: Campi and Garatti prove that the violation of the scenario solution is dominated by a beta distribution B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1), with equality for fully supported problems (doi:10.1137/07069821X).
  • 2015: Carè, Garatti and Campi prove that the risks of all empirical costs from index ddd on have a joint ordered Dirichlet law (doi:10.1137/130928546).
  • 2018: the book states the result as Theorem 8.4 and draws the probability box from it.

Setting

Let Δ\DeltaΔ be a measurable space with a probability P\mathbb PP, and ℓ:Rd−1×Δ→R\ell:\mathbb R^{d-1}\times\Delta\to\mathbb Rℓ:Rd−1×Δ→R a cost that is convex in ν\nuν for every δ\deltaδ (a standing assumption of the book). For a sample (δ1,…,δN)(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_N)(δ1​,…,δN​) of independent draws from P\mathbb PP, let ν∗\nu^*ν∗ be the solution of the program above and ℓ∗=max⁡iℓ(ν∗,δi)\ell^*=\max_i\ell(\nu^*,\delta_i)ℓ∗=maxi​ℓ(ν∗,δi​) its optimal value.

Empirical costs (Definition 8.1). Sort the costs of the solution on the sampled scenarios in decreasing order, ℓ1∗≥ℓ2∗≥⋯≥ℓN∗\ell^*_1\ge\ell^*_2\ge\dots\ge\ell^*_Nℓ1∗​≥ℓ2∗​≥⋯≥ℓN∗​; so ℓ1∗=ℓ∗\ell^*_1=\ell^*ℓ1∗​=ℓ∗.

Risk (Definition 8.2). For a decision ν\nuν and a level ℓ\ellℓ, R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ:ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ}R(\nu,\ell)=\mathbb P\{\delta:\ell(\nu,\delta)>\ell\}R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ:ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ}. The risk of the kkk-th empirical cost is Rk=R(ν∗,ℓk∗)R_k=R(\nu^*,\ell^*_k)Rk​=R(ν∗,ℓk∗​), and R1≤R2≤⋯≤RNR_1\le R_2\le\dots\le R_NR1​≤R2​≤⋯≤RN​.

Nondegeneracy (Definition 8.3). For every N≥dN\ge dN≥d, with probability 111, ℓd∗≠ℓd+1∗≠…≠ℓN∗\ell^*_d\ne\ell^*_{d+1}\ne\dots\ne\ell^*_Nℓd∗​=ℓd+1∗​=…=ℓN∗​. Costs with index below ddd are excluded because several scenarios typically attain the maximum at ν∗\nu^*ν∗.

Support constraints and full support (Definitions 5.1 and 5.4). In epigraph form, min⁡t\min tmint subject to t≥ℓ(ν,δi)t\ge\ell(\nu,\delta_i)t≥ℓ(ν,δi​), the constraint of scenario iii is a support constraint if removing it lowers the optimal value; the problem is fully supported if for every m≥dm\ge dm≥d the program with mmm scenarios has exactly ddd support constraints with probability 111.

The ordered Dirichlet distribution with parameters (d,1,…,1)(d,1,\dots,1)(d,1,…,1) is the law on {0≤αd≤⋯≤αN≤1}\{0\le\alpha_d\le\dots\le\alpha_N\le1\}{0≤αd​≤⋯≤αN​≤1} with density N!(d−1)!αdd−1\frac{N!}{(d-1)!}\alpha_d^{d-1}(d−1)!N!​αdd−1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.4

Under nondegeneracy, for N≥dN\ge dN≥d and all εd,…,εN\varepsilon_d,\dots,\varepsilon_Nεd​,…,εN​,

PN{Rd≤εd,…,RN≤εN}=N!(d−1)!∫0εdαdd−1∫0εd+1 ⁣ ⁣⋯∫0εN1{0≤αd≤⋯≤αN≤1} dαN⋯dαd.\mathbb P^N\{R_d\le\varepsilon_d,\dots,R_N\le\varepsilon_N\}=\frac{N!}{(d-1)!}\int_0^{\varepsilon_d}\alpha_d^{d-1}\int_0^{\varepsilon_{d+1}}\!\!\cdots\int_0^{\varepsilon_N}\mathbf 1_{\{0\le\alpha_d\le\dots\le\alpha_N\le1\}}\,\mathrm d\alpha_N\cdots\mathrm d\alpha_d .PN{Rd​≤εd​,…,RN​≤εN​}=(d−1)!N!​∫0εd​​αdd−1​∫0εd+1​​⋯∫0εN​​1{0≤αd​≤⋯≤αN​≤1}​dαN​⋯dαd​.

This is an identity of joint distribution functions, not a bound, and it does not depend on ℓ\ellℓ or P\mathbb PP.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.7 for the min-max program: PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{R(\nu^*,\ell^*)>\varepsilon\}\le\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i for ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1].
  2. Fully supported problems: ℓ∗=ℓd∗\ell^*=\ell^*_dℓ∗=ℓd∗​ with probability 111.
  3. Marginal of RdR_dRd​ (a corollary of the goal): PN{Rd≤ε}=1−∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{R_d\le\varepsilon\}=1-\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{Rd​≤ε}=1−∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i, the beta law B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1).

Significance

The result. The theorem controls the whole distribution function of the cost ℓ(ν∗,δ)\ell(\nu^*,\delta)ℓ(ν∗,δ) of the scenario solution on a new instance, not just one quantile of it. Discarding the extreme tails of the laws of Rd,…,RNR_d,\dots,R_NRd​,…,RN​ yields, with a prescribed confidence 1−β1-\beta1−β, a region (the book's "probability box", Figure 8.2) that contains the entire cumulative distribution function of ℓ(ν∗,δ)\ell(\nu^*,\delta)ℓ(ν∗,δ), computed from the sample alone. The first marginal recovers the classical Theorem 3.7, since ℓ∗≥ℓd∗\ell^*\ge\ell^*_dℓ∗≥ℓd∗​ makes the risk of ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗ at most RdR_dRd​.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in Carè, Garatti and Campi (2015); the book states it and gives no proof. No machine-checked version of the scenario approach, of its generalization theorem, or of ordered Dirichlet laws of risks is known to exist. A formalization would produce a checked proof of the distribution-free identity together with the combinatorial and measure-theoretic infrastructure (order statistics of sampled costs, laws of random risks) that the rest of scenario theory reuses. The milestones separate the classical beta bound, which is also the goal of the first mission of this series, from the new exact joint law.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt treats Rd,…,RNR_d,\dots,R_NRd​,…,RN​ as the order statistics of the uniform variables 1−F(ℓ(ν∗,δi))1-F(\ell(\nu^*,\delta_i))1−F(ℓ(ν∗,δi​)). That works only for d=1d=1d=1, when the decision space is a point and the costs are independent. For d≥2d\ge2d≥2 the decision ν∗\nu^*ν∗ is itself a function of the whole sample, so the sampled costs at ν∗\nu^*ν∗ are neither independent nor identically distributed, and the ddd-th cost is tied to the scenarios that determine the solution. The factor αdd−1\alpha_d^{d-1}αdd−1​ and the constant N!/(d−1)!N!/(d-1)!N!/(d−1)! encode exactly this dependence. Any argument must account for which scenarios are active at ν∗\nu^*ν∗ without assuming full support, since the theorem holds whether or not ℓ∗=ℓd∗\ell^*=\ell^*_dℓ∗=ℓd∗​.

Formalization scope

The decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and the book's ddd is n+1n+1n+1; the sample is ω : Fin N → Δ with law Measure.pi (fun _ => P). Empirical costs are read from Tuple.sort with kkk counted from 111; risks are real numbers (P {δ | c < ℓ ν δ}).toReal. The right-hand side of the goal is a Lebesgue integral over the box ∏k[0,εk]\prod_k[0,\varepsilon_k]∏k​[0,εk​] intersected with the ordered simplex, stated for all real εk\varepsilon_kεk​. The solution map ω↦ν∗\omega\mapsto\nu^*ω↦ν∗ is a hypothesis-constrained function, never an arbitrary map.

Implicit hypotheses of the book pinned down in the binders:

  • ℓ(⋅,δ)\ell(\cdot,\delta)ℓ(⋅,δ) is convex for every δ\deltaδ (p. 6).
  • Existence and uniqueness of the solution of the program for every sample size m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and every sample; the book's Assumption 3.6 says "every mmm", but the program with no scenario has no solution.
  • Nondegeneracy for every sample size m≥dm\ge dm≥d, not only for the NNN of the theorem, as Definition 8.3 is written.
  • Joint measurability of (ν,δ)↦ℓ(ν,δ)(\nu,\delta)\mapsto\ell(\nu,\delta)(ν,δ)↦ℓ(ν,δ) and measurability of the solution map (measurability is glossed over in the book, p. 6 footnote 1 and p. 33).
  • N≥dN\ge dN≥d, and ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1] in the binomial-form statements.

A statement in which the solution is an arbitrary measurable map, or in which the nondegeneracy or existence hypothesis is unsatisfiable, would make the goal vacuous; the hypotheses here are met, for example, by ℓ(ν,δ)=∥ν−δ∥2\ell(\nu,\delta)=\|\nu-\delta\|^2ℓ(ν,δ)=∥ν−δ∥2 with a continuous law on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn, and for d=1d=1d=1 by any cost independent of ν\nuν with an atomless law.

A complete development needs: the scenario approach generalization theorem (reusable across this series), laws of order statistics of i.i.d. uniform variables, and the combinatorics of support sets of convex min-max programs. Proofs of the milestones, of the d=1d=1d=1 case of the goal, and of auxiliary facts about kthLargest are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach, MOS-SIAM Series on Optimization 26, SIAM, 2018. doi:10.1137/1.9781611975444
  • A. Carè, S. Garatti, M. C. Campi, Scenario min-max optimization and the risk of empirical costs, SIAM J. Optim. 25(4):2061–2080, 2015. doi:10.1137/130928546
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM J. Optim. 19:1211–1230, 2008. doi:10.1137/07069821X
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients III: Uniform Lq-Convergence with Order 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations whose coefficients grow faster than linearly (for instance stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model) cannot be simulated with the classical explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden showed that its moments diverge when the drift or diffusion grows superlinearly (Proc. R. Soc. A, 2011). Implicit schemes avoid the divergence but require solving a nonlinear equation at every step. Tamed Euler schemes keep the scheme explicit and damp the coefficients by a factor depending on the step size.

  • 2012: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden introduce a tamed Euler scheme for SDEs with superlinearly growing drift (Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012).
  • 2013: Sabanis extends the taming analysis for superlinearly growing drift (Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, no. 10, 2013, MR3070913).
  • 2015: Hutzenthaler and Jentzen survey explicit schemes for non-globally Lipschitz coefficients (Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112, 2015); for the 3/2-model their results give Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without rate only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2, as Sabanis (2016, p. 2) notes.
  • 2016: Sabanis (Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016, arXiv:1308.1796v4) treats schemes with varying coefficients bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​, covering superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, and proves Lp\mathcal L^pLp convergence (Theorem 1), the Lp\mathcal L^pLp rate 1/2 (Theorem 2) and the uniform Lq\mathcal L^qLq rate 1/2 (Theorem 3). A motivating example is the ddd-dimensional analogue of the 3/2-model of stochastic volatility, dX=λX(μ−∣X∣) dt+ξ∣X∣3/2 dWdX=\lambda X(\mu-|X|)\,dt+\xi|X|^{3/2}\,dWdX=λX(μ−∣X∣)dt+ξ∣X∣3/2dW, used for pricing VIX options.

Theorem 3 is the target here; Theorems 1 and 2 are the targets of companion missions.

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) satisfying the usual conditions, a d1d_1d1​-dimensional Wiener martingale WWW, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, and exponents p0,p1≥2p_0,p_1\ge2p0​,p1​≥2. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; for a d×d1d\times d_1d×d1​ matrix AAA, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm; xyxyxy is the scalar product. The coefficients are Borel functions b:[0,∞)×Rd→Rdb:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd and σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1\sigma:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1​, and the SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\qquad(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)X(0)X(0). With κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n, the scheme (2.2) is

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),Xn(0)=X(0),dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad X_n(0)=X(0),dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),Xn​(0)=X(0),

and in this mission bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ are the tamed coefficients of Model 2 with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2:

bn(t,x)=b(t,x)1+n−1/2∣x∣l,σn(t,x)=σ(t,x)1+n−1/2∣x∣l.b_n(t,x)=\frac{b(t,x)}{1+n^{-1/2}|x|^l},\qquad \sigma_n(t,x)=\frac{\sigma(t,x)}{1+n^{-1/2}|x|^l}.bn​(t,x)=1+n−1/2∣x∣lb(t,x)​,σn​(t,x)=1+n−1/2∣x∣lσ(t,x)​.

The conditions used are: A-2, local boundedness of bbb on balls; A-4, the coercivity bound 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2); A-5, E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞; and A-6, the global monotonicity

2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣2

together with the polynomial Lipschitz bound ∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣|b(t,x)-b(t,y)|\le L(1+|x|^l+|y|^l)|x-y|∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣, with l,L>0l,L>0l,L>0. The p\mathfrak pp-condition asks l≤p0−24l\le\frac{p_0-2}{4}l≤4p0​−2​ and a moment exponent ppp with 0<p<p10<p<p_10<p<p1​ and p≤p02l+1p\le\frac{p_0}{2l+1}p≤2l+1p0​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 6)

Under A-2, A-4–A-6 and the p\mathfrak pp-condition, for every 0<q<p0<q<p0<q<p there is CCC independent of nnn with

E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣q]≤Cn−q/2,n≥1.(2.14)\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{0\le t\le T}|X(t)-X_n(t)|^q\Big]\le Cn^{-q/2},\qquad n\ge1.\qquad(2.14)E[0≤t≤Tsup​∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣q]≤Cn−q/2,n≥1.(2.14)

The supremum is inside the expectation, which distinguishes it from Theorem 2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): the moments of XXX and of XnX_nXn​ up to order p0p_0p0​ are bounded on [0,T][0,T][0,T] uniformly in nnn (for general coefficients bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3).
  2. Lemma 5 (p. 19): the Gyöngy–Krylov maximal inequality. If nonnegative continuous adapted f,gf,gf,g satisfy E[fτ1{g0≤c}]≤E[gτ1{g0≤c}]\mathbb E[f_\tau\mathbb 1_{\{g_0\le c\}}]\le\mathbb E[g_\tau\mathbb 1_{\{g_0\le c\}}]E[fτ​1{g0​≤c}​]≤E[gτ​1{g0​≤c}​] for all c>0c>0c>0 and stopping times τ≤T\tau\le Tτ≤T, then
E[sup⁡t≤τftγ]≤2−γ1−γ E[sup⁡t≤τgtγ],γ∈(0,1).\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{t\le\tau}f_t^\gamma\Big]\le\frac{2-\gamma}{1-\gamma}\,\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{t\le\tau}g_t^\gamma\Big],\qquad\gamma\in(0,1).E[t≤τsup​ftγ​]≤1−γ2−γ​E[t≤τsup​gtγ​],γ∈(0,1).
  1. Lemma 4 (p. 16): sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣Xn(t)−Xn(κn(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(t)-X_n(\kappa_n(t))|^p\le Cn^{-p/2}sup0≤t≤T​E∣Xn​(t)−Xn​(κn​(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 15): the taming errors E∫0T∣b−bn∣p(s,Xn(κn(s))) ds\mathbb E\int_0^T|b-b_n|^p(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))\,dsE∫0T​∣b−bn​∣p(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))ds and the analogue for σ\sigmaσ are ≤Cn−αp\le Cn^{-\alpha p}≤Cn−αp.

Significance

Theorem 3 gives the optimal strong rate 1/2 for an explicit scheme, uniformly over the time interval, for SDEs whose diffusion coefficient may grow superlinearly. Uniform-in-time error bounds are what pathwise functionals need (running maxima, barrier options, hitting times), and via Borel–Cantelli they give the almost-sure rate of Corollary 1 in the paper. Lemma 5 is a general-purpose tool: a domination inequality of Lenglart type, used throughout stochastic analysis to pass from bounds at stopping times to bounds on running suprema.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of them has been formalized. Formalizing them would produce the first machine-checked convergence rate of a numerical scheme for SDEs, and a Lean proof of a Lenglart-type inequality, which Mathlib does not currently contain.

Difficulty

The error X−XnX-X_nX−Xn​ is controlled by the monotonicity condition A-6, which is one-sided: it bounds 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))2(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y)) from above but gives no Lipschitz bound on bbb or σ\sigmaσ with a constant independent of ∣x∣,∣y∣|x|,|y|∣x∣,∣y∣. The first idea, estimating Esup⁡t∣X−Xn∣p\mathbb E\sup_t|X-X_n|^pEsupt​∣X−Xn​∣p directly by applying the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality to the martingale part of the error equation, therefore does not close: it produces terms of the same order as the quantity being estimated, weighted by polynomial factors in ∣X∣|X|∣X∣ and ∣Xn∣|X_n|∣Xn​∣, and the argument that gives Theorem 2 controls E∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p\mathbb E|X(t)-X_n(t)|^pE∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p only for fixed ttt. Passing from fixed times to the supremum is what forces the loss from ppp to q<pq<pq<p in Theorem 3, and it is where Lemma 5 enters. On the formal side, the Itô integral against Brownian motion, Itô's formula for functions of multidimensional Itô processes and the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Processes are indexed by t∈[0,∞)t\in[0,\infty)t∈[0,∞) (ℝ≥0) with values in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); diffusion values live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d × Fin d₁), whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. The stochastic integral is the Ethier–Kurtz platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, applied coordinatewise, with integrands cut off after TTT. Solutions are hypotheses: the theorems apply to any solution XXX of (2.1) and any family (Xn)n≥1(X_n)_{n\ge1}(Xn​)n≥1​ of solutions of (2.2) on one probability space with one WWW and one X(0)X(0)X(0); existence is not claimed. Processes are required to be adapted to the filtration augmented by null sets (weaker than a complete filtration), the filtration is right-continuous, and nothing is required after TTT. Expectations and suprema are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no statement holds through an integral defaulting to 000. Constants CCC depend on everything except nnn (and, in Theorem 3, may depend on qqq); only n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is used, and q>0q>0q>0, p>0p>0p>0 follow the paper's Lp\mathcal L^pLp convention.

Two hypotheses are added to the printed statements, both because the printed proofs need them:

  • p1>2p_1>2p1​>2 in Theorem 3. The proof applies Itô's formula for p≥2p\ge2p≥2; an admissible p<2p<2p<2 is handled through p′=2p'=2p′=2, which satisfies the p\mathfrak pp-condition exactly when p1>2p_1>2p1​>2.
  • B-3 in Lemma 4. The proof uses moment bounds uniform in nnn (Lemma 2), which need B-3. Model 2 satisfies B-3.

Lemma 2 drops the dependence clause C=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)C=C(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)C=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p) and asserts only finiteness. Lemma 5 assumes neither that ggg is nondecreasing nor anything beyond the printed hypotheses.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the supremum sits inside a Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so the goal cannot hold because of a junk value, and the hypotheses are satisfiable (zero coefficients, constant solutions), which a sorry-free check confirms.

Needed infrastructure: Itô's formula for multidimensional Itô processes, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality (for Lemma 4), Gronwall's inequality in integral form, and stopping-time localisation for continuous adapted processes. Contributions to any of these are welcome, and all are reusable far beyond this mission. Lemma 5 is independent of the SDE part and can be attacked first.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2083–2105, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AAP1140 — arXiv:1308.1796v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796v4
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 1563–1576, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22(4), 1611–1641, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AAP803
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112, 2015 (reference [5] of the paper).
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, no. 10, 2013. MR3070913
  • I. Gyöngy, N. V. Krylov, On the rate of convergence of splitting-up approximations for SPDEs, in Stochastic Inequalities and Applications, Progr. Probab. 56, 301–321, Birkhäuser, 2003 (cited by the paper for Lemma 5). MR2073438
  • N. V. Krylov, Introduction to the Theory of Diffusion Processes, Transl. Math. Monographs 142, AMS, 1995 (cited by the paper for Lemma 5). MR1311478
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients II: Strong Order 1/2 in Lp for Superlinearly Growing Diffusion CoefficientsResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations with superlinearly growing coefficients appear throughout applied probability: population models with cubic damping, Langevin dynamics with polynomial potentials, and stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model used for pricing VIX options, whose diffusion coefficient grows like ∣x∣3/2|x|^{3/2}∣x∣3/2. For such equations the classical explicit Euler–Maruyama method fails: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden (2011) proved that its ppp-th moments diverge whenever a coefficient grows superlinearly, so it cannot converge in Lp\mathcal L^pLp. Implicit methods converge (Higham–Mao–Stuart 2002) but cost a nonlinear solve per step.

The tamed Euler schemes are the explicit response.

  • Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden (2012) tamed a superlinear drift and proved strong order 1/21/21/2 for globally Lipschitz diffusion coefficients.
  • Sabanis (2013) gave a simpler proof for a family of tamed drifts.
  • Hutzenthaler and Jentzen (2015) treated superlinear diffusion coefficients, obtaining Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without a rate and only for small ppp.
  • Sabanis (2016), the source of this mission, tames drift and diffusion together and proves the optimal strong rate 1/21/21/2 in Lp\mathcal L^pLp under a one-sided (monotonicity) condition and polynomial growth. For the 3/2-model with p1=3.5p_1=3.5p1​=3.5, p0=6p_0=6p0​=6 this gives L2\mathcal L^2L2-convergence with order 1/21/21/2, which earlier results did not cover (p. 2).

This mission is the second of three on the paper. Mission I formalizes Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence without a rate (Theorem 1), mission III the uniform-in-time rate (Theorem 3).

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) with right-continuous filtration, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions d,d1d,d_1d,d1​, and a d1d_1d1​-dimensional Wiener martingale WWW: a standard Brownian motion adapted to {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​} whose future increments are independent of Ft\mathcal F_tFt​. The coefficients are Borel maps b:[0,∞)×Rd→Rdb:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd and σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1\sigma:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ:[0,∞)×Rd→Rd×d1​; ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ the Hilbert–Schmidt norm, xyxyxy the scalar product. The SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\qquad(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)=ξX(0)=\xiX(0)=ξ. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n and consider the scheme

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),Xn(0)=ξ,(2.2)dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad X_n(0)=\xi,\qquad(2.2)dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),Xn​(0)=ξ,(2.2)

whose coefficients are frozen at the last grid point, so that XnX_nXn​ is computable step by step. The tamed coefficients of Model 2 are

bn(t,x)=b(t,x)1+n−α∣x∣l,σn(t,x)=σ(t,x)1+n−α∣x∣l.(2.11)–(2.12)b_n(t,x)=\frac{b(t,x)}{1+n^{-\alpha}|x|^l},\qquad \sigma_n(t,x)=\frac{\sigma(t,x)}{1+n^{-\alpha}|x|^l}.\qquad(2.11)\text{–}(2.12)bn​(t,x)=1+n−α∣x∣lb(t,x)​,σn​(t,x)=1+n−α∣x∣lσ(t,x)​.(2.11)–(2.12)

The hypotheses, with constants p0,p1≥2p_0,p_1\ge2p0​,p1​≥2:

  • A-2: bbb is bounded on balls, uniformly in t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T].
  • A-4 (coercivity): 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2).
  • A-5: E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞.
  • A-6 (global monotonicity, polynomial growth): for positive lll and LLL, 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤L∣x−y∣2 and ∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣|b(t,x)-b(t,y)|\le L(1+|x|^l+|y|^l)|x-y|∣b(t,x)−b(t,y)∣≤L(1+∣x∣l+∣y∣l)∣x−y∣.
  • The p\mathfrak pp-condition: the scheme uses (2.11)–(2.12) with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2, l≤p0−24l\le\frac{p_0-2}{4}l≤4p0​−2​, and 0<p<p10<p<p_10<p<p1​, p≤p02l+1p\le\frac{p_0}{2l+1}p≤2l+1p0​​.
  • B-2 and B-3 (for the milestones): ∣bn∣≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣)|b_n|\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|),|b|)∣bn​∣≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣), ∣σn∣2≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2)|\sigma_n|^2\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|^2),|\sigma|^2)∣σn​∣2≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2), and A-4 for bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ with a constant uniform in nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 6)

Under A-2, A-4–A-6, the p\mathfrak pp-condition and p1>2p_1>2p1​>2, there is a constant CCC independent of nnn with

sup⁡0≤t≤TE[∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p]≤Cn−p/2(n≥1).(2.13)\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E\big[|X(t)-X_n(t)|^p\big]\le Cn^{-p/2}\qquad(n\ge1).\qquad(2.13)0≤t≤Tsup​E[∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p]≤Cn−p/2(n≥1).(2.13)

The constant is existential and may depend on all data except nnn.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 8): sup⁡tE∣X(t)∣p\sup_t\mathbb E|X(t)|^psupt​E∣X(t)∣p and sup⁡n≥1sup⁡tE∣Xn(t)∣p\sup_{n\ge1}\sup_t\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^psupn≥1​supt​E∣Xn​(t)∣p are finite for 0<p≤p00<p\le p_00<p≤p0​, under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 15): for Model 2, E∫0T∣b(s,Xn(κn(s)))−bn(s,Xn(κn(s)))∣p ds≤Cn−αp\mathbb E\int_0^T|b(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))-b_n(s,X_n(\kappa_n(s)))|^p\,ds\le Cn^{-\alpha p}E∫0T​∣b(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))−bn​(s,Xn​(κn​(s)))∣pds≤Cn−αp, and the same for σ\sigmaσ.
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 16): sup⁡tE∣Xn(t)−Xn(κn(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2\sup_t\mathbb E|X_n(t)-X_n(\kappa_n(t))|^p\le Cn^{-p/2}supt​E∣Xn​(t)−Xn​(κn​(t))∣p≤Cn−p/2.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that an explicit scheme costing one coefficient evaluation per step attains the same strong order as the classical Euler method under global Lipschitz conditions. It does so for drift and diffusion coefficients that grow polynomially, and for moment orders ppp that are small relative to p0p_0p0​ and p1p_1p1​. Strong Lp\mathcal L^pLp rates are what multilevel Monte Carlo needs: the variance of level corrections is controlled by the L2\mathcal L^2L2 rate. When lll could be taken to be 000 the statement specializes to the classical globally Lipschitz rate (Remark 6).

The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof. Stochastic integrals are not in Mathlib; this mission uses the Brownian Itô-integral relation published by the Ethier–Kurtz series on the platform. A formal proof would give the first verified strong convergence rate for any Euler-type scheme. Along the way it produces reusable moment bounds for tamed schemes and the LpL^pLp control of one-step increments.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies Itô's formula to ∣X−Xn∣p|X-X_n|^p∣X−Xn​∣p and closes a Gronwall inequality. Two steps of it fail without taming. First, the error splits into the monotone part, handled by A-6, and cross terms such as ∣Xn(s)−Xn(κn(s))∣p|X_n(s)-X_n(\kappa_n(s))|^p∣Xn​(s)−Xn​(κn​(s))∣p multiplied by (1+∣Xn∣2l)p/2(1+|X_n|^{2l})^{p/2}(1+∣Xn​∣2l)p/2; they are controlled only through moments of XnX_nXn​ of order well above ppp that are uniform in nnn, which the untamed scheme lacks. Second, the taming itself introduces an error b−bnb-b_nb−bn​ that must be shown to be O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2) in Lp\mathcal L^pLp and not merely o(1)o(1)o(1). The exponents in the p\mathfrak pp-condition are exactly what the Hölder splittings of these two terms require.

Formalization scope

  • Processes. Solutions are hypotheses, not constructed: XXX solves (2.1) and each XnX_nXn​ solves (2.2), on one probability space, with one WWW and one ξ\xiξ, on [0,T][0,T][0,T] only. An Itô process is a measurable process adapted to the null-set completion of the filtration, with continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T], and a.s. for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T simultaneously X(t)=ξ+∫0tB ds+∫0tS dWX(t)=\xi+\int_0^t B\,ds+\int_0^t S\,dWX(t)=ξ+∫0t​Bds+∫0t​SdW. The stochastic integral is the platform relation EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, with the integrand cut off after TTT.
  • Expectations and suprema are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (lower Lebesgue integrals), so no junk value of a non-integrable Bochner integral or of an unbounded real supremum enters. Rates are stated as ≤Cn−p/2\le Cn^{-p/2}≤Cn−p/2 for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, with CCC real and quantified after all data.
  • Added hypotheses, disclosed. Theorem 2 carries p1>2p_1>2p1​>2: the printed proof covers 2≤p<p12\le p<p_12≤p<p1​ and reduces p<2p<2p<2 to p=2p=2p=2, which the p\mathfrak pp-condition admits exactly when p1>2p_1>2p1​>2. Lemma 4 carries B-3, which its proof uses through Lemma 2. Lemma 2 drops the stated dependence of CCC on (p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p) and keeps only its finiteness uniformly in nnn.
  • Ruling out trivialization. The hypotheses are satisfiable, e.g. by b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0 with constant solutions and p0=6p_0=6p0​=6, p1=3p_1=3p1​=3, l=1l=1l=1, p=2p=2p=2. The rate is a bound for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, not an eventual or o(1)o(1)o(1) statement. A proof that uses a constant depending on nnn, or treats only X≡XnX\equiv X_nX≡Xn​, does not prove the goal.
  • Infrastructure needed: Itô's formula for ∣x∣p|x|^p∣x∣p against the platform's Itô integral, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality (or its Lp\mathcal L^pLp moment form), the zero-expectation property of Itô integrals of square-integrable integrands, and Gronwall's lemma in integral form. These are reusable far beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796 (v4)
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR2985171
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236(1112), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1090/memo/1112
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3070913
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 2002. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR1949404
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Euler Approximations with Varying Coefficients I: Lp-Convergence of Explicit Euler Schemes under Local MonotonicityResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic differential equations (SDEs) whose coefficients grow faster than linearly appear throughout applied probability: population and epidemic models with cubic damping, Langevin dynamics with non-quadratic potentials, and stochastic volatility models such as the 3/2-model used for pricing VIX options (Goard–Mazur 2013). Their solutions are almost never available in closed form, so they are simulated, and the method of choice is the explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme, because it is cheap and easy to implement.

For superlinearly growing coefficients the classical explicit scheme fails: its moments can diverge even when those of the true solution are finite, so it does not converge in Lp\mathcal L^pLp. Implicit schemes repair this at a higher computational cost (Higham–Mao–Stuart 2002). A second repair is to keep the scheme explicit but modify ("tame") its coefficients by an amount that vanishes as the step size goes to zero.

Timeline.

  • 2002: Higham, Mao and Stuart prove strong convergence of implicit Euler-type methods under a one-sided Lipschitz condition (MR1949404).
  • 2012: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden introduce the tamed Euler scheme for superlinearly growing drift and globally Lipschitz diffusion (Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, MR2985171).
  • 2013: Sabanis gives a short proof of convergence of tamed schemes with rate, again for superlinear drift (Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, MR3070913); Gyöngy and Sabanis prove convergence in probability of Euler approximations under local monotonicity conditions (Appl. Math. Optim. 68, MR3131501).
  • 2015: Hutzenthaler and Jentzen obtain Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence of explicit schemes with superlinear diffusion coefficients, in the 3/2-model only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2 (Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236, no. 1112).
  • 2016: Sabanis treats superlinearly growing drift and diffusion coefficients under a local monotonicity condition, with Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence for every p<p0p<p_0p<p0​ (Ann. Appl. Probab. 26, arXiv:1308.1796). This mission formalizes that Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence theorem.

Setting

Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,{Ft}t≥0,F,P)(\Omega,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathcal F,P)(Ω,{Ft​}t≥0​,F,P) satisfying the usual conditions, a Wiener martingale WWW in Rd1\mathbb R^{d_1}Rd1​ (a standard Brownian motion adapted to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ whose future increments are independent of Ft\mathcal F_tFt​), and a horizon T>0T>0T>0. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm and xyxyxy the scalar product; for a d×d1d\times d_1d×d1​ matrix, ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm.

The SDE is

dX(t)=b(t,X(t)) dt+σ(t,X(t)) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)dX(t)=b(t,X(t))\,dt+\sigma(t,X(t))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\tag{2.1}dX(t)=b(t,X(t))dt+σ(t,X(t))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.1)

with Borel coefficients b(t,x)∈Rdb(t,x)\in\mathbb R^db(t,x)∈Rd, σ(t,x)∈Rd×d1\sigma(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d\times d_1}σ(t,x)∈Rd×d1​ and an F0\mathcal F_0F0​-measurable initial value X(0)X(0)X(0).

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let κn(t)=⌊nt⌋/n\kappa_n(t)=\lfloor nt\rfloor/nκn​(t)=⌊nt⌋/n, the last grid point of mesh 1/n1/n1/n before ttt. The scheme is

dXn(t)=bn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dt+σn(t,Xn(κn(t))) dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.2)dX_n(t)=b_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dt+\sigma_n(t,X_n(\kappa_n(t)))\,dW(t),\qquad t\in[0,T],\tag{2.2}dXn​(t)=bn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dt+σn​(t,Xn​(κn​(t)))dW(t),t∈[0,T],(2.2)

with the same initial value X(0)X(0)X(0) and Borel coefficient sequences bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​ ("varying coefficients"). Between grid points the coefficients are frozen at Xn(κn(t))X_n(\kappa_n(t))Xn​(κn​(t)), so the scheme is explicit.

The hypotheses, with p0,p1∈[2,∞)p_0,p_1\in[2,\infty)p0​,p1​∈[2,∞): A-1 continuity of bbb in xxx; A-2 local boundedness of bbb; A-3 local monotonicity 2(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤LR∣x−y∣22(x-y)(b(t,x)-b(t,y))+(p_1-1)|\sigma(t,x)-\sigma(t,y)|^2\le L_R|x-y|^22(x−y)(b(t,x)−b(t,y))+(p1​−1)∣σ(t,x)−σ(t,y)∣2≤LR​∣x−y∣2 on ∣x∣,∣y∣≤R|x|,|y|\le R∣x∣,∣y∣≤R; A-4 coercivity 2xb(t,x)+(p0−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2)2xb(t,x)+(p_0-1)|\sigma(t,x)|^2\le K(1+|x|^2)2xb(t,x)+(p0​−1)∣σ(t,x)∣2≤K(1+∣x∣2); A-5 E∣X(0)∣p0<∞\mathbb E|X(0)|^{p_0}<\inftyE∣X(0)∣p0​<∞. For the scheme: B-1 ∫0Tsup⁡∣x∣≤R[∣bn−b∣p0+∣σn−σ∣p0] dt→0\int_0^T\sup_{|x|\le R}[|b_n-b|^{p_0}+|\sigma_n-\sigma|^{p_0}]\,dt\to0∫0T​sup∣x∣≤R​[∣bn​−b∣p0​+∣σn​−σ∣p0​]dt→0 for every RRR; B-2 ∣bn∣≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣)|b_n|\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|),|b|)∣bn​∣≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣),∣b∣) and ∣σn∣2≤min⁡(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2)|\sigma_n|^2\le\min(Cn^\alpha(1+|x|^2),|\sigma|^2)∣σn​∣2≤min(Cnα(1+∣x∣2),∣σ∣2) for some α∈(0,1/2]\alpha\in(0,1/2]α∈(0,1/2]; B-3 the coercivity bound of A-4 for bn,σnb_n,\sigma_nbn​,σn​, uniformly in nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 5)

Under A-1–A-5 and B-1–B-3 with α∈(0,1/2]\alpha\in(0,1/2]α∈(0,1/2], for every 0<p<p00<p<p_00<p<p0​,

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡0≤t≤TE[∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p]=0.\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E\big[|X(t)-X_n(t)|^p\big]=0.n→∞lim​0≤t≤Tsup​E[∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p]=0.

No rate is claimed; the statement holds for every coefficient sequence satisfying B-1–B-3, not only for the paper's tamed Models 1 and 2.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1 (p. 7): under A-5, B-2, B-3, sup⁡n≥1sup⁡0≤u≤TE∣Xn(u)∣2<∞\sup_{n\ge1}\sup_{0\le u\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(u)|^2<\inftysupn≥1​sup0≤u≤T​E∣Xn​(u)∣2<∞.
  • Lemma 2 (p. 8): under A-1–A-5, B-2, B-3, for every p≤p0p\le p_0p≤p0​,
sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣X(t)∣p ∨ sup⁡n≥1sup⁡0≤t≤TE∣Xn(t)∣p<∞.\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X(t)|^p\ \vee\ \sup_{n\ge1}\sup_{0\le t\le T}\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^p<\infty.0≤t≤Tsup​E∣X(t)∣p ∨ n≥1sup​0≤t≤Tsup​E∣Xn​(t)∣p<∞.
  • Theorem 4 (p. 6): under A-1–A-4 and B-1, sup⁡0≤t≤T∣Xn(t)−X(t)∣→0\sup_{0\le t\le T}|X_n(t)-X(t)|\to0sup0≤t≤T​∣Xn​(t)−X(t)∣→0 in probability.

Significance

Theorem 1 gives Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence of a whole class of explicit schemes, with no global Lipschitz condition on either coefficient, for every ppp below the coercivity order p0p_0p0​. In the 3/2-model of the introduction (p1=3.5p_1=3.5p1​=3.5, p0=6p_0=6p0​=6), earlier explicit results gave Lp\mathcal L^pLp-convergence only for p<1/2p<1/2p<1/2 (Hutzenthaler–Jentzen 2015, §4.10.3); Theorem 1 gives it for all p<6p<6p<6. The theorem is also the qualitative base on which the paper's rate results (Theorems 2 and 3, separate missions of this series) are built, and it justifies Monte Carlo estimates of moments computed with such schemes.

The result is proved in the paper. It has, to our knowledge, no machine-checked proof anywhere; Mathlib has Brownian motion but no stochastic integral, and the Itô integral used here is the relational definition published by the Ethier–Kurtz series on this platform. A formal proof needs Itô's formula for ∣x∣p|x|^p∣x∣p, Gronwall's lemma for moment functions, the convergence in probability of Theorem 4 (which the paper cites from Gyöngy–Sabanis rather than proving), and a uniform-integrability argument. Each of these is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The natural first idea, estimating E∣X(t)−Xn(t)∣p\mathbb E|X(t)-X_n(t)|^pE∣X(t)−Xn​(t)∣p directly by Itô's formula and Gronwall, fails: under only local monotonicity the difference of drifts cannot be bounded by ∣X−Xn∣|X-X_n|∣X−Xn​∣ with a constant uniform in the state, so the Gronwall constant blows up. The route through convergence in probability and uniform moment bounds is forced, and the hard step is Lemma 2: bounding E∣Xn(t)∣p0\mathbb E|X_n(t)|^{p_0}E∣Xn​(t)∣p0​ uniformly in nnn. The coefficients of the scheme may grow like nαn^\alphanα, and the frozen argument Xn(κn(s))X_n(\kappa_n(s))Xn​(κn​(s)) produces a correction term E∫∣Xn(s)∣p0−2(Xn(s)−Xn(κn(s)))bn ds\mathbb E\int|X_n(s)|^{p_0-2}(X_n(s)-X_n(\kappa_n(s)))b_n\,dsE∫∣Xn​(s)∣p0​−2(Xn​(s)−Xn​(κn​(s)))bn​ds whose control is exactly where the restriction α≤1/2\alpha\le1/2α≤1/2 enters. For fixed nnn finiteness of moments is easy (linear growth); uniformity in nnn is the content.

Formalization scope

States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); diffusion values are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d × Fin d₁), whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. Time is ℝ≥0; coefficients are uncurried maps on ℝ≥0 × ℝ^d, assumed Borel measurable. An Itô process on [0,T][0,T][0,T] is a measurable process, adapted to the filtration augmented by all PPP-null sets, with continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T], satisfying the integral equation almost surely simultaneously for all t≤Tt\le Tt≤T; the stochastic integral is the platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, applied coordinatewise with the integrand cut off after TTT. Nothing is required of the processes after TTT, so no existence beyond the horizon is assumed. Right-continuity of the filtration is a hypothesis; completeness is replaced by adaptedness to the augmented filtration, which is weaker, so the formal theorems are at least as strong as the paper's.

The solutions XXX and (Xn)n≥1(X_n)_{n\ge1}(Xn​)n≥1​ are hypotheses, all on one probability space with one Wiener process and one initial value; the theorems do not construct them. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and suprema over ttt are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no statement can hold because an expectation or a supremum takes a default value. B-1's integrand, a supremum over an uncountable ball, is required to be a.e. measurable in ttt, as the paper's Lebesgue integral presupposes. The exponent in Theorem 1 and Lemma 2 is restricted to p>0p>0p>0, the paper's convention for Lp\mathcal L^pLp. The dependence clauses "C:=C(T,K,E∣X(0)∣2)C:=C(T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^2)C:=C(T,K,E∣X(0)∣2)" (Lemma 1) and "C:=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)C:=C(p,T,K,\mathbb E|X(0)|^p)C:=C(p,T,K,E∣X(0)∣p)" (Lemma 2) are not formalized: only finiteness, i.e. a bound independent of nnn, is stated, which is what the proofs establish. Theorem 4 is stated with exactly its printed hypotheses.

A trivializing formalization, in which the moment bounds or the limit hold because the expectation or the supremum defaults to 000, or because the hypotheses on the solutions cannot be met, is ruled out: all quantities live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and a sorry-free check shows every hypothesis is satisfiable (zero coefficients, constant solutions).

Contributions welcome: Itô's formula for the platform's integral relation, Burkholder–Davis–Gundy or Doob inequalities for it, a Gronwall lemma for measurable moment functions, and the Gyöngy–Sabanis convergence-in-probability theorem.

Selected references

  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1308.1796 (v4)
  • I. Gyöngy, S. Sabanis, A note on Euler approximations for stochastic differential equations with delay, Appl. Math. Optim. 68, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3131501
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 2012. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR2985171
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Numerical approximations of stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236(1112), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1090/memo/1112
  • S. Sabanis, A note on tamed Euler approximations, Electron. Commun. Probab. 18, 2013. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR3070913
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 2002. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=MR1949404
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Caching with Machine Learned Advice: The Competitive Ratio of Predictive MarkerResearch Paper

Motivation

Caching (online paging) is one of the oldest problems in online algorithms: a fast memory of kkk slots serves a sequence of requests, and every request for an element not in the fast memory is a cache miss that forces the element to be loaded, possibly evicting another one. With the whole request sequence known in advance, evicting the element whose next request is furthest in the future is optimal (Bélády, 1966). Without that knowledge, no deterministic algorithm is better than kkk-competitive, and the best randomized algorithms are Θ(log⁡k)\Theta(\log k)Θ(logk)-competitive (Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young, 1991).

Lykouris and Vassilvitskii asked what happens in between: an online algorithm receives, with every request, a machine-learned prediction of the element's next arrival time. A good predictor should make the algorithm nearly as good as Bélády's rule (consistency), and a bad predictor should never make it worse than a classical algorithm (robustness). Their paper (arXiv:1802.05399v4; J. ACM 2021) is one of the founding papers of learning-augmented algorithms, and its algorithm, Predictive Marker, is the reference point for the later literature on caching with predictions.

Timeline.

  • 1966: Bélády's furthest-in-future rule is optimal offline.
  • 1985: Sleator and Tarjan show that deterministic online paging is at best kkk-competitive.
  • 1991: Fiat et al. introduce the Marker algorithm, 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, and the clean-element lower bound on the optimum.
  • 2018: Lykouris and Vassilvitskii (arXiv:1802.05399) introduce Predictive Marker, with ratio 2min⁡(1+2Sℓ(ϵ),2Hk)2\min(1+2S_\ell(\epsilon), 2H_k)2min(1+2Sℓ​(ϵ),2Hk​) for an ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate predictor.
  • 2020: Rohatgi (arXiv:1910.12172, SODA 2020) and Wei (arXiv:2005.13716, APPROX/RANDOM 2020) improve the dependence on the error.

Setting

A request sequence σ=(z1,…,zn)\sigma = (z_1, \dots, z_n)σ=(z1​,…,zn​) lists elements of a set ZZZ. A cache of size k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 starts empty. A request for a cached element is a hit; otherwise it is a miss, the element is loaded, and if the cache is full some element is evicted first. The offline optimum Opt(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Opt(σ) is the least number of misses over all eviction schedules chosen with knowledge of σ\sigmaσ.

With each request ziz_izi​ the algorithm receives a real prediction hih_ihi​. The true label yiy_iyi​ is the position of the next request of ziz_izi​, or n+1n+1n+1 if there is none. For a loss function ℓ≥0\ell \ge 0ℓ≥0, the error of the predictions is ηℓ(h,σ)=∑iℓ(yi,hi)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma) = \sum_i \ell(y_i, h_i)ηℓ​(h,σ)=∑i​ℓ(yi​,hi​), and the predictions are ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate when ηℓ(h,σ)≤ϵ⋅Opt(σ)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma) \le \epsilon \cdot \mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)ηℓ​(h,σ)≤ϵ⋅Opt(σ).

The spread of ℓ\ellℓ measures how cheaply a predictor can get the order of arrivals completely wrong: Sℓ(m)S_\ell(m)Sℓ​(m) is the least length T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 such that every strictly increasing integer sequence a1<⋯<aTa_1 < \dots < a_Ta1​<⋯<aT​ and every non-increasing real sequence b1≥⋯≥bTb_1 \ge \dots \ge b_Tb1​≥⋯≥bT​ have total loss ∑iℓ(ai,bi)≥m\sum_i \ell(a_i, b_i) \ge m∑i​ℓ(ai​,bi​)≥m.

Predictive Marker (Algorithm 1) works in the phases of the Marker algorithm. Requested elements are marked. A phase ends when the cache is full, every cached element is marked, and a miss occurs; then all marks are removed. An element requested in a phase but not in the previous one is clean, and Q(σ)Q(\sigma)Q(σ) is the total number of clean elements. Each clean miss starts a chain. An element evicted in the current phase that is requested again (a stale miss) extends the chain in which it was evicted. Evictions are among unmarked elements. As long as the chain's length n(r,c)n(r,c)n(r,c) is at most Hk=1+12+⋯+1kH_k = 1 + \tfrac12 + \dots + \tfrac1kHk​=1+21​+⋯+k1​, the evicted element is one with the largest prediction. After that it is chosen uniformly at random. The expected number of misses of Predictive Marker is costPM(σ)\mathrm{cost}_{PM}(\sigma)costPM​(σ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3

If SSS is concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and majorizes the spread, then for every ϵ≥0\epsilon \ge 0ϵ≥0, every tie-breaking rule, and every sequence with ϵ\epsilonϵ-accurate predictions,

E[costPM(σ)]≤2⋅min⁡(1+2S(ϵ), 2Hk)⋅Opt(σ).\mathbb E\bigl[\mathrm{cost}_{PM}(\sigma)\bigr] \le 2\cdot\min\bigl(1 + 2S(\epsilon),\ 2H_k\bigr)\cdot \mathrm{Opt}(\sigma).E[costPM​(σ)]≤2⋅min(1+2S(ϵ), 2Hk​)⋅Opt(σ).

Milestones

  • Claim 1 (Fiat et al.): Q(σ)≤2 Opt(σ)Q(\sigma) \le 2\,\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Q(σ)≤2Opt(σ).
  • Proof of Theorem 3.3, last sentence: Opt(σ)≤Q(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma) \le Q(\sigma)Opt(σ)≤Q(σ).
  • Lemma 3.3: a chain that evicts by the predictions only has length n(r,c)≤1+S(ηr,c)n(r,c) \le 1 + S(\eta_{r,c})n(r,c)≤1+S(ηr,c​), where ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ is the error of the predictions on the elements evicted into it.
  • Lemma 3.4: E[n(r,c)]≤E[min⁡(1+2S(ηr,c),2Hk)]\mathbb E[n(r,c)] \le \mathbb E[\min(1 + 2S(\eta_{r,c}), 2H_k)]E[n(r,c)]≤E[min(1+2S(ηr,c​),2Hk​)].

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 gives both guarantees at once. For an exact predictor (ϵ=0\epsilon = 0ϵ=0) the ratio is a constant, 2(1+2S(0))2(1 + 2S(0))2(1+2S(0)), independent of kkk; for an arbitrary predictor it is 4Hk4H_k4Hk​, within a constant factor of the optimal randomized ratio. In between, the ratio degrades with the error at the rate of the spread: for the absolute loss the spread grows like m\sqrt mm​, so the ratio grows like ϵ\sqrt\epsilonϵ​. The spread and the chain decomposition are the tools later papers build on to trade consistency against robustness.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it, of the Marker analysis, or of the clean-element bound of Fiat et al. is known. A formalization supplies a precise model of a randomized online algorithm with predictions. It also settles the details the paper leaves implicit: the eviction missing from the clean branch of Algorithm 1 as printed, the cap 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ printed as 2log⁡k2\log k2logk in Lemma 3.4, and the behaviour of the spread at 000.

Difficulty

The obvious argument charges every miss to a chain and bounds each chain separately. That works for chains that follow the predictions, but a chain that switches to random evictions interacts with every other chain of the phase, because all of them evict from the same pool of unmarked elements. A bound on its expected length must hold whatever the other chains evict, including evictions that depend on earlier coin flips. A second difficulty is summing. The chain errors ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ and the chain lengths are both random, while the hypothesis controls only the total error ηℓ(h,σ)\eta_\ell(h,\sigma)ηℓ​(h,σ) against Opt(σ)\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma)Opt(σ), not the number of chains Q(σ)Q(\sigma)Q(σ) in which the error is spread.

Formalization scope

Elements form a type with decidable equality. A request sequence is a list; predictions are one real per request, and every real sequence is allowed. Labels are 1-based next-arrival positions, with n+1n+1n+1 for elements never requested again. The paper prints the label with equal features; the element is meant. Opt\mathrm{Opt}Opt is computed as the minimum over all demand-paging schedules from the empty cache, which loses no generality. HkH_kHk​ is harmonic k as a real number, never log⁡k\log klogk.

Predictive Marker is a PMF over final states. The random eviction of line 21 is uniform over the unmarked cached elements, and ties in the arg max are a parameter quantified universally. The eviction of lines 23–24 is also performed after a clean miss; as printed, it sits only in the stale branch. The expected cost lies in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

The spread takes real arguments and lengths T≥1T \ge 1T≥1. SSS must be concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), finite, and at least the spread. It must also be continuous at 000, which the paper does not say: without it the chain lemma fails for losses whose minimal reversed-order loss stays 000 over several lengths. ϵ\epsilonϵ-accuracy is the pointwise condition on the given pair (σ,h)(\sigma, h)(σ,h). The competitive ratio is written as a product, so Opt(σ)=0\mathrm{Opt}(\sigma) = 0Opt(σ)=0 needs no special case. Lemma 3.3 is stated pointwise for chains without random evictions, as its proof shows. Lemma 3.4 has 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ in place of the printed 2log⁡k2\log k2logk, with the minimum inside the expectation because ηr,c\eta_{r,c}ηr,c​ is random.

The statement must not be trivialized. Opt\mathrm{Opt}Opt is the true offline optimum, not Bélády's rule applied to the predictions. The expectation is taken over Predictive Marker's own run, never compared with itself. The spread hypothesis is satisfiable; for example, the constant loss 111 has spread max⁡(1,⌈m⌉)≤m+1\max(1,\lceil m\rceil) \le m + 1max(1,⌈m⌉)≤m+1.

Out of scope: Lemma 3.2 (the special-marking algorithm SM, which enters only through Lemma 3.4's proof); Lemma 3.1 and Corollaries 1–2, whose printed constants are false for small mmm or disagree with Theorem 3.3; the lower bounds of §3.1 and §3.4; the extensions of §4; the experiments of §5; running time and learnability.

Welcome contributions: the Marker phase structure and its equivalence with the combinatorial phases, the clean-element bounds Q/2≤Opt≤QQ/2 \le \mathrm{Opt} \le QQ/2≤Opt≤Q (reusable for any marking algorithm), and a bound on the expected number of misses caused by elements evicted uniformly at random within a phase.

Selected references

  • T. Lykouris, S. Vassilvitskii, Competitive Caching with Machine Learned Advice, arXiv:1802.05399v4, 2020; J. ACM 68(4), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.05399v4
  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive paging algorithms, J. Algorithms 12(4), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V
  • L. A. Bélády, A study of replacement algorithms for a virtual-storage computer, IBM Systems Journal 5(2), 1966. https://doi.org/10.1147/sj.52.0078
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized efficiency of list update and paging rules, Comm. ACM 28(2), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • D. Rohatgi, Near-optimal bounds for online caching with machine learned advice, SODA 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1910.12172
  • A. Wei, Better and simpler learning-augmented online caching, APPROX/RANDOM 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.13716
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Diffusion approximations for open queueing networks with service interruptions 2: jump-diffusion heavy-traffic limit for long up and down timesResearch Paper

Motivation

Servers in manufacturing lines, communication links and service systems break down, are taken offline for maintenance, or go on vacation. When the interruptions are rare but long, they dominate congestion. A single down period can build a backlog that takes a long time to clear, and in a network that backlog propagates downstream. Standard heavy-traffic diffusion approximations, which describe queue lengths by reflected Brownian motion, do not capture this effect.

Chen and Whitt (Queueing Systems 13, 1993) identify a regime in which the effect survives in the limit. Up times are of order nnn and down times of order n\sqrt nn​, while the load is within 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ of capacity. Under the diffusion scaling each down period then becomes a jump, and the limit of the queue-length process is a reflected jump-diffusion. The paper generalises the single-station result of Kella and Whitt (Adv. Appl. Probab. 22, 1990; reference [22] of the paper) to open networks.

Timeline:

  • 1981: Harrison and Reiman define the multidimensional reflection map on continuous paths (Ann. Probab. 9). Reiman (Math. Oper. Res. 9, 1984) extends it to paths with jumps.
  • 1990: Kella and Whitt prove the one-station jump-diffusion limit for long up and down times.
  • 1991: Chen and Mandelbaum give fluid and diffusion limits of open networks without interruptions (Math. Oper. Res. 16 and Ann. Probab. 19; references [5], [6] of the paper).
  • 1993: Chen and Whitt prove the network case with interruptions (this mission), in Skorohod's M1M_1M1​ topology.

Setting

A network has JJJ single-server stations. Customers arrive from outside station jjj according to a counting process AjA_jAj​. Station jjj completes Sj(t)S_j(t)Sj​(t) services in its first ttt units of busy time. The lllth departure from station kkk is routed to station jjj when the indicator χkj(l)=1\chi_{kj}(l)=1χkj​(l)=1, and Rkj(m)=∑l≤mχkj(l)R_{kj}(m)=\sum_{l\le m}\chi_{kj}(l)Rkj​(m)=∑l≤m​χkj​(l) counts such departures. Station jjj alternates up periods u1j,u2j,…u^j_1,u^j_2,\dotsu1j​,u2j​,… and down periods d1j,d2j,…d^j_1,d^j_2,\dotsd1j​,d2j​,…, starting up, and Dj(t)D_j(t)Dj​(t) is its cumulative down time in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. With a work-conserving discipline, the queue length ZZZ and the busy time BBB satisfy

Zj(t)=Zj(0)+Aj(t)+∑kRkj(Sk(Bk(t)))−Sj(Bj(t)),Bj(t)=∫0t1[Zj(s)>0, j up at s] ds,Z_j(t)=Z_j(0)+A_j(t)+\sum_{k}R_{kj}\big(S_k(B_k(t))\big)-S_j(B_j(t)),\qquad B_j(t)=\int_0^t 1[Z_j(s)>0,\ j\text{ up at }s]\,ds ,Zj​(t)=Zj​(0)+Aj​(t)+k∑​Rkj​(Sk​(Bk​(t)))−Sj​(Bj​(t)),Bj​(t)=∫0t​1[Zj​(s)>0, j up at s]ds,

and the idle time is Yj(t)=t−Dj(t)−Bj(t)Y_j(t)=t-D_j(t)-B_j(t)Yj​(t)=t−Dj​(t)−Bj​(t).

The reflection map (ψ,ϕ)(\psi,\phi)(ψ,ϕ) associated with a matrix QQQ takes a path xxx to the pair (y,z)(y,z)(y,z) with z=x+(I−Q)y≥0z=x+(I-Q)y\ge 0z=x+(I−Q)y≥0, yyy nondecreasing, and yjy_jyj​ increasing only when zj=0z_j=0zj​=0.

A sequence of networks is indexed by nnn. The arrival, service and routing processes satisfy functional central limit theorems with rates λn→λ\lambda^n\to\lambdaλn→λ and μn→μ\mu^n\to\muμn→μ at speed 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​. Up and down times scale as (ukj,n/n, dkj,n/n)⇒(ukj,dkj)(u^{j,n}_k/n,\ d^{j,n}_k/\sqrt n)\Rightarrow(u^j_k,d^j_k)(ukj,n​/n, dkj,n​/n​)⇒(ukj​,dkj​). The network is balanced, λ=[I−Pt]μ\lambda=[I-P^{\mathsf t}]\muλ=[I−Pt]μ, with PPP the routing matrix. The limit down time D^j(t)\hat D_j(t)D^j​(t) is the sum of dkjd^j_kdkj​ over the up periods completed by time ttt, which is a pure-jump process.

The M1M_1M1​ topology on paths with jumps compares completed graphs, in which each jump is filled in by the straight segment from x(t−)x(t-)x(t−) to x(t)x(t)x(t), through their monotone parametrisations.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, case J=1J=1J=1

For a single station with feedback probability p∈[0,1)p\in[0,1)p∈[0,1), with Z^n(t)=n−1/2Zn(nt)\hat Z^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Z^n(nt)Z^n(t)=n−1/2Zn(nt), B^n(t)=n−1/2[Bn(nt)−nt]\hat B^n(t)=n^{-1/2}[B^n(nt)-nt]B^n(t)=n−1/2[Bn(nt)−nt], Y^n(t)=n−1/2Yn(nt)\hat Y^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Y^n(nt)Y^n(t)=n−1/2Yn(nt) and D^n(t)=n−1/2Dn(nt)\hat D^n(t)=n^{-1/2}D^n(nt)D^n(t)=n−1/2Dn(nt),

(Z^n,B^n,Y^n,D^n)⇒(Z^,B^,Y^,D^)in D((0,∞),R4,M1).(\hat Z^n,\hat B^n,\hat Y^n,\hat D^n)\Rightarrow(\hat Z,\hat B,\hat Y,\hat D)\quad\text{in }D((0,\infty),\mathbb R^{4},M_1).(Z^n,B^n,Y^n,D^n)⇒(Z^,B^,Y^,D^)in D((0,∞),R4,M1​).

Here Z^=ϕ(X^)\hat Z=\phi(\hat X)Z^=ϕ(X^), Y^=μ−1ψ(X^)\hat Y=\mu^{-1}\psi(\hat X)Y^=μ−1ψ(X^) and B^=−D^−Y^\hat B=-\hat D-\hat YB^=−D^−Y^, with Q=pQ=pQ=p and

X^(t)=Z^(0)+ξ^(t)+(cλ−(1−p)cμ)t+(1−p)μD^(t).\hat X(t)=\hat Z(0)+\hat\xi(t)+\big(c_\lambda-(1-p)c_\mu\big)t+(1-p)\mu\hat D(t).X^(t)=Z^(0)+ξ^​(t)+(cλ​−(1−p)cμ​)t+(1−p)μD^(t).

The paper states Theorem 4.1 for JJJ stations, with the analogous formulas and Q=PtQ=P^{\mathsf t}Q=Pt. The mission's goal is its case J=1J=1J=1 (see Formalization scope).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: D^n⇒D^\hat D^n\Rightarrow\hat DD^n⇒D^ in D((0,∞),RJ,M1)D((0,\infty),\mathbb R^J,M_1)D((0,∞),RJ,M1​).
  2. Lemma 4.2: n−1Bjn(nt)→tn^{-1}B^n_j(nt)\to tn−1Bjn​(nt)→t u.o.c.
  3. Eq. (4.24): n−1/2ξn(nt)→ξ^(t)n^{-1/2}\xi^n(nt)\to\hat\xi(t)n−1/2ξn(nt)→ξ^​(t) u.o.c.
  4. Eqs. (4.28)–(4.29): (n−1/2Xn(nt), n−1/2Dn(nt))→(X^,D^)\big(n^{-1/2}X^n(nt),\,n^{-1/2}D^n(nt)\big)\to(\hat X,\hat D)(n−1/2Xn(nt),n−1/2Dn(nt))→(X^,D^) jointly in M1M_1M1​.
  5. The almost-sure form of Theorem 4.1 on a Skorohod representation space, case J=1J=1J=1.

Significance

The theorem yields a tractable approximation for networks with rare long interruptions: a reflected Lévy-type process driven by a Brownian part and a compound jump part. Its distribution can be studied through the reflection map. The jump directions [I−Pt]diag⁡(μ)ej[I-P^{\mathsf t}]\operatorname{diag}(\mu)e_j[I−Pt]diag(μ)ej​ make explicit how an outage at one station drains its downstream stations while its own queue builds up. Remark (4.3) of the paper derives a diffusion analogue of Little's law from the same limit.

The theorem is proved in the paper, and no part of it has been formalized. A formalization would produce the first machine-checked M1M_1M1​ topology on paths with jumps, a heavy-traffic limit theorem for a queueing network, and the random-time-change argument for counting processes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument chains three facts: the primitive processes converge, hence so does the scaled free process XXX, and the reflection map is continuous. Two steps break. First, subtraction is not continuous in M1M_1M1​ when the two paths jump at the same time in opposite directions, so the joint convergence of D^n\hat D^nD^n across stations needs (4.11) and one common parametrisation. Second, the reflection map is Lipschitz in the uniform topology, but the uniform topology cannot see jumps that occur at nearby times. Carrying the convergence through the reflection map in the M1M_1M1​ topology requires controlling how the regulator and the regulated process move along each jump segment of X^\hat XX^, jointly for all coordinates.

Formalization scope

Stations are Fin J; the network index is n : ℕ, and only n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ enters. Durations are indexed from 000 in Lean. The queue length is integer valued, (3.2) is computed in Z\mathbb ZZ, and a solution satisfies Z≥0Z\ge 0Z≥0.

  • Solutions, not constructions. Every statement quantifies over all solutions (Zn,Bn)(Z^n,B^n)(Zn,Bn) of (3.2)–(3.3) and all reflection pairs of X^\hat XX^. Existence and uniqueness are asserted in the paper by citation and are not assumed or proved here.
  • M1M_1M1​. Parametric representations are monotone in the order of the completed graph, which is the standard definition. The page states only that the time component is nondecreasing. Convergence on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) means convergence on every [a,b][a,b][a,b] with 0<a<b0<a<b0<a<b continuity points of the limit. Jump segments are segments in Rd\mathbb R^dRd (strong M1M_1M1​). Convergence in D((0,∞),⋅,M1)D((0,\infty),\cdot,M_1)D((0,∞),⋅,M1​) includes the requirement that every path be càdlàg on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), so a copy of the limit that is continuous nowhere cannot satisfy the continuity-point condition vacuously.
  • Weak convergence is in coupling form: one probability space carries copies with the right laws that converge almost surely. The limits in (4.1)–(4.4) are continuous, so there the mode is u.o.c.
  • Corrected printed errors. Lemma 4.2 is stated with n−1n^{-1}n−1 in place of the printed n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, as in its proof. The map on p. 346 is read as ϕ(X)=Z\phi(X)=Zϕ(X)=Z, ψ(X)=diag⁡(μ)Y\psi(X)=\operatorname{diag}(\mu)Yψ(X)=diag(μ)Y, following (4.13). The reflection map allows y(0)≥0y(0)\ge 0y(0)≥0, because X^(0)\hat X(0)X^(0) may leave the orthant when D^(0)>0\hat D(0)>0D^(0)>0; when x(0)≥0x(0)\ge 0x(0)≥0 this agrees with (2.2).
  • Added hypotheses. The processes Zn,Bn,Z^,Y^Z^n,B^n,\hat Z,\hat YZn,Bn,Z^,Y^ are assumed to be stochastic processes (measurable at each time). All networks share one probability space, so that the routing is literally common. No independence is assumed.
  • The goal is the case J=1J=1J=1 of Theorem 4.1. The printed theorem claims strong M1M_1M1​ convergence, with one parametric representation for all 4J4J4J coordinates, for every JJJ. For J≥2J\ge 2J≥2 that claim fails: during an upstream outage, a downstream queue that empties part-way through the jump bends the prelimit graph of (D^j,Y^k)(\hat D_j,\hat Y_k)(D^j​,Y^k​), while the limit's completed graph is a straight segment. For J=1J=1J=1 every coordinate moves linearly through each jump. The milestones Lemma 4.1, Lemma 4.2, (4.24) and (4.28)–(4.29) are stated for general JJJ, and the almost-sure core of the proof for J=1J=1J=1.

A trivializing formalization is excluded. The hypotheses are satisfiable (for example by deterministic arrival and service processes), N^\hat NN^ is used only when ∑kukj=∞\sum_ku^j_k=\infty∑k​ukj​=∞, and laws are compared only for measurable path maps.

Needed infrastructure: the Skorohod space with the M1M_1M1​ topology and its characterization on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), continuity of addition and of composition with continuous time changes, the multidimensional reflection map on paths with jumps, and a Skorohod representation argument. Proofs of Lemma 4.1 and Lemma 4.2 are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • H. Chen, W. Whitt, Diffusion approximations for open queueing networks with service interruptions, Queueing Systems 13 (1993) 335–359. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01149260
  • O. Kella, W. Whitt, Diffusion approximations for queues with server vacations, Adv. Appl. Probab. 22 (1990) 706–729 (reference [22] of the paper).
  • J. M. Harrison, M. I. Reiman, Reflected Brownian motion on an orthant, Ann. Probab. 9 (1981) 302–308. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176994472
  • H. Chen, A. Mandelbaum, Discrete flow networks: diffusion approximations and bottlenecks, Ann. Probab. 19 (1991) 1463–1519 (reference [6] of the paper).
  • M. I. Reiman, Open queueing networks in heavy traffic, Math. Oper. Res. 9 (1984) 441–458 (reference [25] of the paper).
  • W. Whitt, Some useful functions for functional limit theorems, Math. Oper. Res. 5 (1980) 67–85. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.67
  • A. V. Skorohod, Limit theorems for stochastic processes, Theory Probab. Appl. 1 (1956) 261–290. https://doi.org/10.1137/1101022
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations II: Mean-Square and Almost Sure Exponential StabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many engineered systems switch between a finite number of operating modes at random times: a power grid after a line failure, a networked controller whose links drop, a manufacturing plant whose machines break down and are repaired. A standard model for such systems is a hybrid stochastic differential equation, also called an SDE with Markovian switching: the state follows an Itô equation whose coefficients depend on a mode that evolves as a continuous-time Markov chain. The monograph of Mao and Yuan (Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, 2006) develops the stability theory of these equations.

A controller that stabilizes such a system usually needs the current state. In practice the state is sampled: it is observed at times 0,τ,2τ,…0,\tau,2\tau,\dots0,τ,2τ,… and the control is held between observations. Mao (Automatica 49, 2013) showed that, under a global Lipschitz condition on the drift and diffusion, a feedback control based on discrete-time observations makes a hybrid SDE mean-square exponentially stable when τ\tauτ is small enough. You, Liu, Lu, Mao and Qiu (SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 2015) replaced that condition by local Lipschitz continuity plus linear growth, gave an explicit bound (3.5) on the admissible observation interval, and proved H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability, asymptotic stability, and, in Section 4, exponential stability in mean square and almost surely with an explicit rate. This mission formalizes that exponential stability result, Theorem 4.2, and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,{Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,{Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a probability space with a filtration satisfying the usual conditions (increasing, right-continuous, F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains the null sets). On it live an mmm-dimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion www and a right-continuous {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain rrr on S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N} with generator Γ=(γij)\Gamma=(\gamma_{ij})Γ=(γij​) (γij≥0\gamma_{ij}\ge0γij​≥0 for i≠ji\ne ji=j, zero row sums), independent of www. Fix τ>0\tau>0τ>0 and the sampling time δt=[t/τ]τ\delta_t=[t/\tau]\tauδt​=[t/τ]τ. The controlled system is

dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t) dw(t),x(0)=x0, r(0)=r0,(2.1)dx(t)=\big(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(\delta_t),r(t),t)\big)dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)\,dw(t),\qquad x(0)=x_0,\ r(0)=r_0,\tag{2.1}dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt​),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)dw(t),x(0)=x0​, r(0)=r0​,(2.1)

with f,u:Rn×S×R+→Rnf,u:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^nf,u:Rn×S×R+​→Rn and g:Rn×S×R+→Rn×mg:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}g:Rn×S×R+​→Rn×m.

The hypotheses are:

  • Assumption 2.1: f,gf,gf,g locally Lipschitz in xxx, and ∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1∣x∣|f(x,i,t)|\le K_1|x|∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1​∣x∣, ∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2∣x∣|g(x,i,t)|\le K_2|x|∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2​∣x∣ (∣g∣|g|∣g∣ the trace norm).
  • Assumption 2.2: ∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3∣x−y∣|u(x,i,t)-u(y,i,t)|\le K_3|x-y|∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3​∣x−y∣ and u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0.
  • Assumption 3.1: there are U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+;R+)U\in C^{2,1}(\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+;\mathbb R_+)U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+​;R+​) and λ1,λ2>0\lambda_1,\lambda_2>0λ1​,λ2​>0 with LU(x,i,t)+λ1∣Ux(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2∣x∣2\mathcal LU(x,i,t)+\lambda_1|U_x(x,i,t)|^2\le-\lambda_2|x|^2LU(x,i,t)+λ1​∣Ux​(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2​∣x∣2, where
LU=Ut+Ux[f+u]+12trace⁡[gTUxxg]+∑jγijU(x,j,t).\mathcal LU=U_t+U_x[f+u]+\tfrac12\operatorname{trace}[g^TU_{xx}g]+\sum_j\gamma_{ij}U(x,j,t).LU=Ut​+Ux​[f+u]+21​trace[gTUxx​g]+j∑​γij​U(x,j,t).
  • Assumption 4.1: c1∣x∣2≤U(x,i,t)≤c2∣x∣2c_1|x|^2\le U(x,i,t)\le c_2|x|^2c1​∣x∣2≤U(x,i,t)≤c2​∣x∣2 with c1,c2>0c_1,c_2>0c1​,c2​>0.
  • Condition (3.5): λ2>τK32λ1[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda_2>\frac{\tau K_3^2}{\lambda_1}\big[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big]λ2​>λ1​τK32​​[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] and τ≤14K3\tau\le\frac1{4K_3}τ≤4K3​1​.

Put θ=K32/λ1\theta=K_3^2/\lambda_1θ=K32​/λ1​, λ=λ2−θτ[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda=\lambda_2-\theta\tau[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2]λ=λ2​−θτ[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] (positive by (3.5)), and

H1=θτ(2τ(K12+2K32)+K22)+24θτ4K341−6τ2K32,H2=12θτ2K32(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32.H_1=\theta\tau\big(2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big)+\frac{24\theta\tau^4K_3^4}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2},\qquad H_2=\frac{12\theta\tau^2K_3^2(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}.H1​=θτ(2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​)+1−6τ2K32​24θτ4K34​​,H2​=1−6τ2K32​12θτ2K32​(τK12​+K22​)​.

In Lean these are Assumption21, Assumption22, C21, LU, Assumption31, Assumption41, Condition35, theta, lam, H1, H2, rateEquationLHS; the basis is HybridSetup, the Itô integral IsItoIntegral, the sampling time delta, solutions SolvesSampledHybridSDE, and the functional (4.7) Vbar, all in the namespace You2015.Expo.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (exponential stability)

Under the hypotheses above, the equation

2τγe2τγ(H1+τH2)+γc2=λ(4.4)2\tau\gamma e^{2\tau\gamma}(H_1+\tau H_2)+\gamma c_2=\lambda\tag{4.4}2τγe2τγ(H1​+τH2​)+γc2​=λ(4.4)

has a unique root γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, and every solution of (2.1) satisfies

lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡(E∣x(t)∣2)≤−γ,lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡∣x(t)∣≤−γ2a.s.\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log\big(\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\big)\le-\gamma,\qquad\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log|x(t)|\le-\frac\gamma2\quad\text{a.s.}t→∞limsup​t1​log(E∣x(t)∣2)≤−γ,t→∞limsup​t1​log∣x(t)∣≤−2γ​a.s.

for all x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, r0∈Sr_0\in Sr0​∈S.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (3.15) E∣x(t)−x(δt)∣2≤2E∫δtt[τ∣f+u(x(δs),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds\mathbb E|x(t)-x(\delta_t)|^2\le2\mathbb E\int_{\delta_t}^t[\tau|f+u(x(\delta_s),\cdot)|^2+|g|^2]dsE∣x(t)−x(δt​)∣2≤2E∫δt​t​[τ∣f+u(x(δs​),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds.
  2. Theorem 3.2 (H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability): ∫0∞E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞\int_0^\infty\mathbb E|x(s)|^2ds<\infty∫0∞​E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞.
  3. (3.21) E∣x(s)−x(δs)∣2≤3(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32∫δssE∣x(z)∣2dz+6τ2K321−6τ2K32E∣x(s)∣2\mathbb E|x(s)-x(\delta_s)|^2\le\frac{3(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\int_{\delta_s}^s\mathbb E|x(z)|^2dz+\frac{6\tau^2K_3^2}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\mathbb E|x(s)|^2E∣x(s)−x(δs​)∣2≤1−6τ2K32​3(τK12​+K22​)​∫δs​s​E∣x(z)∣2dz+1−6τ2K32​6τ2K32​​E∣x(s)∣2.
  4. (4.11) EVˉ(x^z,r^z,z)≤(H1+τH2)∫z−2τzE∣x(y)∣2dy\mathbb E\bar V(\hat x_z,\hat r_z,z)\le(H_1+\tau H_2)\int_{z-2\tau}^z\mathbb E|x(y)|^2dyEVˉ(x^z​,r^z​,z)≤(H1​+τH2​)∫z−2τz​E∣x(y)∣2dy for z≥2τz\ge2\tauz≥2τ.
  5. (4.14) c1eγtE∣x(t)∣2≤Cc_1e^{\gamma t}\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\le Cc1​eγtE∣x(t)∣2≤C for t≥2τt\ge2\taut≥2τ.
  6. (4.14) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (4.3), the mean-square-to-almost-sure transfer cited from Mao–Yuan [23, Theorem 8.8].

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 gives a quantitative guarantee: a controller that samples the state every τ\tauτ units makes the switching system decay exponentially, with a rate γ\gammaγ computable from the constants of the assumptions. Asymptotic stability (Section 3 of the paper) says nothing about how fast trajectories settle; the rate is what a designer trades against the sampling cost when choosing τ\tauτ. The almost sure statement concerns individual trajectories, which is what an operator observes.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. Mathlib has real Brownian motion but no Itô integral, no stochastic differential equations and no continuous-time Markov chains. The mission therefore also produces a definition layer: a filtration under the usual conditions, a multidimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion, an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with a given generator, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral of vector-valued integrands, and the solution notion of an SDE with Markovian switching and a sampled-state delay. A related but different layer exists on Prove2Me for Ethier–Kurtz (EthierKurtz_IsStandardBrownian, EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, EthierKurtz_SolvesBrownianSDE); it has no mode switching and no sampled state, so it cannot express (2.1). Formalization also checks the constants: it found that the printed H1H_1H1​ in (4.5) disagrees with the paper's own derivation (see below).

Difficulty

Equation (2.1) is a stochastic differential delay equation whose delay t−δtt-\delta_tt−δt​ is bounded but jumps at every observation time, so the delay-equation stability theorems that require a differentiable delay with derivative below one (Mao–Yuan, p. 285) do not apply. A Lyapunov function of the current state alone leaves the term Ux[u(x(t))−u(x(δt))]U_x[u(x(t))-u(x(\delta_t))]Ux​[u(x(t))−u(x(δt​))], which has no sign and depends on the path over a whole observation interval. An exponential rate requires controlling this delay term with an exponential weight, and the weight inflates the delay contribution by a factor e2τγe^{2\tau\gamma}e2τγ; the rate equation (4.4) records exactly this balance. The almost sure part does not follow from the mean-square part by Chebyshev's inequality at fixed times alone: a pathwise bound needs control of the supremum of ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ over each unit interval, which involves the martingale part of the solution.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; the explicit constants in (3.5), (3.21), (4.5) depend on it. The diffusion ggg is given by its mmm columns and ∣g∣2=∑k∣gk∣2|g|^2=\sum_k|g_k|^2∣g∣2=∑k​∣gk​∣2 (trace norm). Modes are Fin N (0-based). Time is ℝ≥0; time integrals are over subsets of R\mathbb RR at s.toNNReal.
  • Every expectation of a nonnegative quantity (E∣x∣2\mathbb E|x|^2E∣x∣2, EVˉ\mathbb E\bar VEVˉ) and every time integral of one is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable process cannot produce a junk value 000.
  • Logarithms. The paper's log⁡\loglog takes the value −∞-\infty−∞ at 000. For a finite a(t)≥0a(t)\ge0a(t)≥0, lim sup⁡t→∞1tlog⁡a(t)≤−γ\limsup_{t\to\infty}\frac1t\log a(t)\le-\gammalimsupt→∞​t1​loga(t)≤−γ is stated in the equivalent form "for every γ′<γ\gamma'<\gammaγ′<γ, eventually a(t)≤e−γ′ta(t)\le e^{-\gamma't}a(t)≤e−γ′t". Lean's Real.log 0 = 0 never enters. In (4.3) the almost-sure quantifier is outside the quantifier over γ′\gamma'γ′.
  • Correction of (4.5). The page prints the last term of H1H_1H1​ as 24τ3K34/(1−6τ2K32)24\tau^3K_3^4/(1-6\tau^2K_3^2)24τ3K34​/(1−6τ2K32​). Substituting (3.21) into (4.9), as the proof does, gives 24θτ4K34/(1−6τ2K32)24\theta\tau^4K_3^4/(1-6\tau^2K_3^2)24θτ4K34​/(1−6τ2K32​) (the same computation reproduces the printed H2H_2H2​). The mission uses the corrected H1H_1H1​ in the goal, (4.11) and (4.14). With the printed value the claimed rate could exceed what the proof yields whenever θτ>1\theta\tau>1θτ>1.
  • "The unique root" is a conjunct of the goal (∃! γ>0\exists!\,\gamma>0∃!γ>0); the stability conclusions are stated for every positive root. "(so λ>0\lambda>0λ>0)" is a consequence of (3.5), not a hypothesis. (4.4) is kept as an equality.
  • "The solution of (2.1)" is read as every process satisfying the solution definition: progressively measurable, almost surely continuous paths, E∣x(t)∣2<∞\mathbb E|x(t)|^2<\inftyE∣x(t)∣2<∞ for each ttt, and for each ttt, almost surely, the integral equation with Itô integrals in the L2L^2L2 sense. Existence and uniqueness (cited from Mao–Yuan on p. 908) are not asserted.
  • "An mmm-dimensional Brownian motion" and "a Markov chain with generator Γ\GammaΓ" are read in the Mao–Yuan framework the paper cites: an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion with independent coordinates and increments independent of the past, and an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with transition matrix etΓe^{t\Gamma}etΓ. The usual conditions are kept as hypotheses.
  • "Locally Lipschitz" is uniform in the mode and time on each ball. C2,1C^{2,1}C2,1 carries its derivatives Ut,Ux,UxxU_t,U_x,U_{xx}Ut​,Ux​,Uxx​ as witnesses tied to UUU by derivative relations and joint continuity.
  • "τ>0\tau>0τ>0 sufficiently small for (3.5)" means every τ>0\tau>0τ>0 satisfying both inequalities of (3.5). U,λ1,λ2,c1,c2,τU,\lambda_1,\lambda_2,c_1,c_2,\tauU,λ1​,λ2​,c1​,c2​,τ are data. The constant CCC of (4.14) is chosen after x0x_0x0​, r0r_0r0​, the solution and γ\gammaγ, and before ttt.
  • (3.15), (3.21) and the transfer (4.14) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (4.3) are stated under fewer hypotheses than the surrounding proof has (Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, τ>0\tau>0τ>0, and for (3.21) τ≤1/(4K3)\tau\le1/(4K_3)τ≤1/(4K3​)), because their derivations use no more. Vˉ\bar VVˉ of (4.7) is used only for z≥2τz\ge2\tauz≥2τ, where no extension of the solution to negative times is needed. Other misprints on the page (g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0) on p. 909, V(x^0,r^0,t)V(\hat x_0,\hat r_0,t)V(x^0​,r^0​,t) for V(x^0,r^0,0)V(\hat x_0,\hat r_0,0)V(x^0​,r^0​,0) on p. 918, the swapped ∨,∧\vee,\wedge∨,∧ on p. 907) are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the expectations are not Bochner integrals, log⁡0\log 0log0 is never evaluated, the goal asserts that the rate equation has exactly one positive root (so the stability clauses are not vacuous), the solution notion admits the true solution and requires path continuity, and the derivative witnesses of UUU are tied to UUU. A sorry-free local check confirms that Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, 4.1, condition (3.5) and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 hold for n=m=N=1n=m=N=1n=m=N=1, f=g=0f=g=0f=g=0, u(x)=−xu(x)=-xu(x)=−x, U=∣x∣2U=|x|^2U=∣x∣2, K1=K2=K3=1K_1=K_2=K_3=1K1​=K2​=K3​=1, λ1=1/4\lambda_1=1/4λ1​=1/4, λ2=1\lambda_2=1λ2​=1, c1=c2=1c_1=c_2=1c1​=c2​=1, τ=1/10\tau=1/10τ=1/10; for these data LU+λ1∣Ux∣2=−∣x∣2\mathcal LU+\lambda_1|U_x|^2=-|x|^2LU+λ1​∣Ux​∣2=−∣x∣2 by hand.

Welcome contributions: the Itô isometry and Itô's formula for the L2L^2L2 integral defined here, a generalized Itô formula for functions of a Markov-modulated Itô process, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality, and the Borel–Cantelli argument that turns mean-square exponential decay into almost sure decay. These are reusable far beyond this mission. Section 3 of the paper (asymptotic stability) is a separate mission of the same series.

Selected references

  • S. You, W. Liu, J. Lu, X. Mao, Q. Qiu, Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 905–925, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140985779
  • X. Mao, C. Yuan, Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, Imperial College Press, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1142/p473
  • X. Mao, Stabilization of continuous-time hybrid stochastic differential equations by discrete-time feedback control, Automatica 49(12), 3677–3681, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.automatica.2013.09.005
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Combinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Limits of Permutation Sequences II: Convergence Is Equivalent to Being Cauchy in the Rectangular DistanceResearch Paper

Motivation

For dense graphs, convergence of subgraph densities was shown by Lovász and Szegedy (2006) to have graphons as limit objects, and Borgs, Chayes, Lovász, Sós and Vesztergombi (2008) proved that the same convergence is metric: a graph sequence converges exactly when it is Cauchy in the cut distance. The metric view is what makes the space of graphons compact and connects limit theory with regularity lemmas and property testing.

Hoppen, Kohayakawa, Moreira, Ráth and Sampaio (arXiv:1103.5844; J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 2013) developed the corresponding theory for permutations. Besides the existence of limits (the subject of mission I of this series), they introduced a rectangular distance d□d_\squared□​ between permutations, a normalized version of Cooper's discrepancy (Cooper, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A, 2004; reference [7] of the paper), and proved in Theorem 1.8 that convergence of a permutation sequence is the same as being Cauchy for d□d_\squared□​. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Timeline:

  • 2004. Cooper introduces the discrepancy of a permutation as a measure of quasirandomness.
  • 2006–2008. Lovász–Szegedy and Borgs et al. establish graph limits and the cut-distance characterization of convergence.
  • 2011–2013. Hoppen et al. prove the permutation analogues, including Theorem 1.8 (this paper).

Setting

For n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, SnS_nSn​ is the set of permutations of [n]={1,…,n}[n]=\{1,\dots,n\}[n]={1,…,n}, ∣π∣=n|\pi| = n∣π∣=n for π∈Sn\pi\in S_nπ∈Sn​, and S=⋃nSn\mathcal S=\bigcup_n S_nS=⋃n​Sn​. For τ∈Sk\tau\in S_kτ∈Sk​ and π∈Sn\pi\in S_nπ∈Sn​, Λ(τ,π)\Lambda(\tau,\pi)Λ(τ,π) counts the increasing kkk-tuples x1<⋯<xkx_1<\dots<x_kx1​<⋯<xk​ in [n][n][n] with π(xi)<π(xj)  ⟺  τ(i)<τ(j)\pi(x_i)<\pi(x_j)\iff\tau(i)<\tau(j)π(xi​)<π(xj​)⟺τ(i)<τ(j), and the subpermutation density is t(τ,π)=Λ(τ,π)/(nk)t(\tau,\pi)=\Lambda(\tau,\pi)/\binom nkt(τ,π)=Λ(τ,π)/(kn​) for k≤nk\le nk≤n and 000 for k>nk>nk>n. A permutation sequence (σn)(\sigma_n)(σn​) is convergent if t(τ,σn)t(\tau,\sigma_n)t(τ,σn​) converges for every fixed τ∈S\tau\in\mathcal Sτ∈S.

A limit permutation is a Lebesgue measurable Z:[0,1]2→[0,1]Z:[0,1]^2\to[0,1]Z:[0,1]2→[0,1] such that Z(x,⋅)Z(x,\cdot)Z(x,⋅) is a cdf (non-decreasing, right-continuous, Z(x,1)=1Z(x,1)=1Z(x,1)=1) for every xxx and ∫01Z(x,y) dx=y\int_0^1 Z(x,y)\,dx=y∫01​Z(x,y)dx=y for every yyy; the set of them is Z\mathcal ZZ. Each ZZZ has an associated random point (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) with X∼U[0,1]X\sim U[0,1]X∼U[0,1] and conditional cdf Z(X,⋅)Z(X,\cdot)Z(X,⋅), joint distribution function F(x,y)=∫0xZ(t,y) dtF(x,y)=\int_0^x Z(t,y)\,dtF(x,y)=∫0x​Z(t,y)dt, and pattern densities t(τ,Z)t(\tau,Z)t(τ,Z) (the probability that kkk independent copies of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) form the pattern τ\tauτ).

For σ∈Sn\sigma\in S_nσ∈Sn​, the step limit permutation ZσZ_\sigmaZσ​ spreads the permutation matrix of σ\sigmaσ uniformly over the corresponding n×nn\times nn×n grid cells. The rectangular distance of Z1,Z2∈ZZ_1,Z_2\in\mathcal ZZ1​,Z2​∈Z is

d□(Z1,Z2)=sup⁡x1<x2, y1<y2∣∫x1x2(Z1(x,y2)−Z1(x,y1))dx−∫x1x2(Z2(x,y2)−Z2(x,y1))dx∣,d_\square(Z_1,Z_2)=\sup_{x_1<x_2,\ y_1<y_2}\left|\int_{x_1}^{x_2}\big(Z_1(x,y_2)-Z_1(x,y_1)\big)dx-\int_{x_1}^{x_2}\big(Z_2(x,y_2)-Z_2(x,y_1)\big)dx\right|,d□​(Z1​,Z2​)=x1​<x2​, y1​<y2​sup​​∫x1​x2​​(Z1​(x,y2​)−Z1​(x,y1​))dx−∫x1​x2​​(Z2​(x,y2​)−Z2​(x,y1​))dx​,

the largest difference between the probabilities the two random points give to an axis-parallel rectangle, and d∞(Z1,Z2)=sup⁡x,y∣F1(x,y)−F2(x,y)∣d_\infty(Z_1,Z_2)=\sup_{x,y}|F_1(x,y)-F_2(x,y)|d∞​(Z1​,Z2​)=supx,y​∣F1​(x,y)−F2​(x,y)∣. On permutations of possibly different lengths, d□(σ,π):=d□(Zσ,Zπ)d_\square(\sigma,\pi):=d_\square(Z_\sigma,Z_\pi)d□​(σ,π):=d□​(Zσ​,Zπ​). A sequence is Cauchy with respect to d□d_\squared□​ if for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is n0n_0n0​ with d□(σn,σm)<εd_\square(\sigma_n,\sigma_m)<\varepsilond□​(σn​,σm​)<ε for all n,m≥n0n,m\ge n_0n,m≥n0​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.8, under ∣σn∣→∞|\sigma_n|\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞

∣σn∣→∞ ⟹ ((σn) convergent  ⟺  (σn) is d□-Cauchy).|\sigma_n|\to\infty\ \Longrightarrow\ \Big((\sigma_n)\ \text{convergent}\iff(\sigma_n)\ \text{is } d_\square\text{-Cauchy}\Big).∣σn​∣→∞ ⟹ ((σn​) convergent⟺(σn​) is d□​-Cauchy).

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 3.5: ∣t(τ,σ)−t(τ,Zσ)∣≤1n(k2)|t(\tau,\sigma)-t(\tau,Z_\sigma)|\le\frac1n\binom k2∣t(τ,σ)−t(τ,Zσ​)∣≤n1​(2k​) for τ∈Sk\tau\in S_kτ∈Sk​, σ∈Sn\sigma\in S_nσ∈Sn​, k≤nk\le nk≤n.
  2. Eq. (49): for ∣σn∣→∞|\sigma_n|\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞, σn→Z  ⟺  Zσn→tZ\sigma_n\to Z\iff Z_{\sigma_n}\xrightarrow{t}Zσn​→Z⟺Zσn​​t​Z.
  3. Eq. (34): d∞≤d□≤4 d∞d_\infty\le d_\square\le 4\,d_\inftyd∞​≤d□​≤4d∞​ on Z\mathcal ZZ.
  4. Lemma 2.1: for uniform marginals, weak convergence is equivalent to uniform convergence of joint distribution functions.
  5. Lemma 2.2 (a): every law on [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2 with uniform marginals has a limit permutation as its conditional cdf.
  6. Lemma 5.3: weak, d□d_\squared□​- and density convergence on Z\mathcal ZZ coincide.
  7. Theorem 1.6 (i): a convergent sequence with ∣σn∣→∞|\sigma_n|\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞ converges to some Z∈ZZ\in\mathcal ZZ∈Z.
  8. Claim 2.4: a convergent sequence with ∣σn∣↛∞|\sigma_n|\not\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞ is eventually constant.
  9. Theorem 1.8 (⇒\Rightarrow⇒): every convergent sequence is d□d_\squared□​-Cauchy, with no condition on lengths.

Significance

Theorem 1.8 identifies density convergence, defined through infinitely many pattern counts, with a single metric condition. With Theorem 1.6 it shows that the completion of (S,d□)(\mathcal S,d_\square)(S,d□​) is Z\mathcal ZZ modulo almost-everywhere equality, which is compact; permutations are isolated points of it (Claim 2.4). This is the permutation counterpart of the cut-distance theory of graph limits, and it is the metric in which the paper's testability and sampling results (Lemma 4.2) are quantitative.

The theorem is proved in the paper. To the best of current knowledge neither it nor the underlying permuton theory is formalized in any proof assistant. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the rectangular distance, its comparison with the sup-norm distance of distribution functions, and the Cauchy characterization, all reusable for quasirandom permutations and permutation property testing.

Difficulty

The direction "convergent ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ Cauchy" needs a limit permutation for the sequence and the equivalence of density and d□d_\squared□​ convergence on Z\mathcal ZZ (Lemma 5.3), which is not formal: density convergence involves every pattern, d□d_\squared□​ a supremum over rectangles. For "Cauchy ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ convergent", completeness of bounded functions under the sup norm gives a uniform limit FFF of the distribution functions, but a uniform limit of distribution functions of limit permutations is not visibly the distribution function of a limit permutation. Identifying it needs weak compactness, Lemma 2.1 and the regular conditional cdf of Lemma 2.2.

The literal statement also fails for sequences whose lengths do not tend to infinity, as explained under Formalization scope; the reduction "we may assume ∣σn∣→∞|\sigma_n|\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞" covers only one direction.

Formalization scope

  • [0,1][0,1][0,1] is Mathlib's unitInterval with Lebesgue measure; a limit permutation is a curried real function Z : I → I → ℝ, almost-everywhere measurable on the square, with the cdf and integral conditions for every xxx and every yyy. SnS_nSn​ is Equiv.Perm (Fin n) (0-based) and a permutation sequence is ℕ → Σ n, Equiv.Perm (Fin n).
  • d□d_\squared□​ on Z\mathcal ZZ is the integral form of the paper's Eq. (32); d∞d_\inftyd∞​ is Eq. (33) with Fi(x,y)=∫0xZi(t,y) dtF_i(x,y)=\int_0^x Z_i(t,y)\,dtFi​(x,y)=∫0x​Zi​(t,y)dt. Both are real suprema of bounded families. ZσZ_\sigmaZσ​ is in closed form, with the first row used at x=0x=0x=0 (a null-set choice).
  • d□d_\squared□​ on permutations is defined for every pair of lengths as d□(Zσ,Zπ)d_\square(Z_\sigma,Z_\pi)d□​(Zσ​,Zπ​), the paper's extension (Sect. 4.1); the same-length formula (31) is not needed. A definition that returned 000 or junk for different lengths would make every sequence with growing lengths Cauchy and is ruled out.
  • Correction. The paper states Theorem 1.8 for all sequences. Without ∣σn∣→∞|\sigma_n|\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞, "Cauchy ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ convergent" is false: interleaving σ=(1,2)\sigma=(1,2)σ=(1,2) with permutations τk\tau_kτk​, ∣τk∣→∞|\tau_k|\to\infty∣τk​∣→∞, d□(Zτk,Zσ)→0d_\square(Z_{\tau_k},Z_\sigma)\to0d□​(Zτk​​,Zσ​)→0, gives a Cauchy sequence along which t(σ,⋅)t(\sigma,\cdot)t(σ,⋅) alternates between 111 and values tending to 3/43/43/4. The goal carries ∣σn∣→∞|\sigma_n|\to\infty∣σn​∣→∞; the true direction without it is milestone 9.
  • "Convergent" is the paper's Definition 1.2 (all densities converge), not the existence of a limit ZZZ. The Cauchy condition uses the explicit ε\varepsilonε–n0n_0n0​ form with strict inequality, not a metric-space instance.
  • Theorem 1.6 (i) is also the goal of mission I; it is restated here in this mission's namespace.

Needed infrastructure: Prokhorov compactness of probability measures on the square, the Portmanteau theorem, completeness of bounded functions under the sup norm, and conditional cdfs (ProbabilityTheory.condCDF). Contributions on any milestone, and alternative proofs of the Cauchy characterization, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Hoppen, Y. Kohayakawa, C. G. Moreira, B. Ráth, R. M. Sampaio, Limits of permutation sequences, arXiv:1103.5844v2, 2012; J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1103.5844v2
  • J. N. Cooper, Quasirandom permutations, J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 106 (2004) no. 1, 123–143 (cited as [7] in arXiv:1103.5844v2).
  • L. Lovász, B. Szegedy, Limits of dense graph sequences, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 96 (2006) 933–957. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jctb.2006.05.002
  • C. Borgs, J. T. Chayes, L. Lovász, V. T. Sós, K. Vesztergombi, Convergent sequences of dense graphs I: Subgraph frequencies, metric properties and testing, Adv. Math. 219 (2008) 1801–1851. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aim.2007.08.004
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316962
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Decision Processes II: Existence of Optimal Policies under Compactness and ContinuityTextbook

Motivation

The finite-horizon theory of chunk 02a-model-bellman-equation (Bäuerle and Rieder's Theorem 2.3.8, the Structure Theorem) reduces the existence of an optimal policy and the validity of the Bellman equation to a single abstract hypothesis: the Structure Assumption (SAN), the existence of function classes IMn\mathrm{IM}_nIMn​ and decision-rule classes Δn\Delta_nΔn​ closed under the one-step optimality operator TnT_nTn​. That theorem does not say when (SAN) actually holds for a given Markov Decision Model — checking it directly from the definition would require exhibiting, for every value function that could arise, both its regularity and a measurable action attaining its supremum, an infinite regress. This mission formalizes the classical resolution: sufficient conditions on the primitive data of the model (the admissible-action correspondence, the transition kernel, the one-stage reward) under which (SAN) is guaranteed, so that Theorem 2.3.8 becomes usable in practice rather than merely an existence statement.

Setting

Fix a Markov Decision Model (E,A,Dn,Qn,rn,gN)n=0,…,N−1(E, A, D_n, Q_n, r_n, g_N)_{n=0,\dots,N-1}(E,A,Dn​,Qn​,rn​,gN​)n=0,…,N−1​ (chunk 02a's Definition 2.1.1), now with EEE, AAA Borel spaces. A measurable b:E→R+b : E \to \mathbb{R}_+b:E→R+​ is an upper bounding function (Definition 2.4.1) if rn+(x,a)≤crb(x)r_n^+(x,a) \le c_r b(x)rn+​(x,a)≤cr​b(x), gN+(x)≤cgb(x)g_N^+(x) \le c_g b(x)gN+​(x)≤cg​b(x), and ∫b(x′) Qn(dx′∣x,a)≤αbb(x)\int b(x')\, Q_n(dx' \mid x,a) \le \alpha_b b(x)∫b(x′)Qn​(dx′∣x,a)≤αb​b(x) for constants cr,cg,αb≥0c_r, c_g, \alpha_b \ge 0cr​,cg​,αb​≥0; write IBb+\mathrm{IB}_b^+IBb+​ for the value functions of weighted growth at most c bc\, bcb for some ccc. A set-valued map x↦D(x)x \mapsto D(x)x↦D(x) is upper semicontinuous if xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x and an∈D(xn)a_n \in D(x_n)an​∈D(xn​) force (an)(a_n)(an​) to have an accumulation point in D(x)D(x)D(x) (Definition A.2.1); it is continuous if also every point of D(x)D(x)D(x) is approximated by a sequence from the D(xn)D(x_n)D(xn​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4.13

Suppose the model has an upper bounding function bbb, and for every n<Nn < Nn<N: (i) Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) is compact for every xxx; (ii) a↦∫v(x′) Qn(dx′∣x,a)a \mapsto \int v(x')\, Q_n(dx' \mid x,a)a↦∫v(x′)Qn​(dx′∣x,a) is upper semicontinuous on Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) for every v∈IBb+v \in \mathrm{IB}_b^+v∈IBb+​ and every xxx; (iii) a↦rn(x,a)a \mapsto r_n(x,a)a↦rn​(x,a) is upper semicontinuous on Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) for every xxx. Then IMn:=IBb+\mathrm{IM}_n := \mathrm{IB}_b^+IMn​:=IBb+​, Δn:=Fn\Delta_n := F_nΔn​:=Fn​ satisfy (SAN). Unlike the two milestone theorems that precede it in the chapter (Theorem 2.4.6 and Theorem 2.4.10, both of which also assume the correspondence x↦Dn(x)x \mapsto D_n(x)x↦Dn​(x) varies semicontinuously or continuously with xxx), Theorem 2.4.13 assumes nothing about Dn(⋅)D_n(\cdot)Dn​(⋅) as a set-valued map beyond pointwise compactness of each fiber Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x); correspondingly it needs semicontinuity of the objective only in the action variable, at each state separately, and it recovers all of IBb+\mathrm{IB}_b^+IBb+​ as the regularity class rather than a semicontinuous or continuous sub-class of it.

Milestones

Proposition 2.4.3 and Proposition 2.4.8 show, respectively, that TnT_nTn​ preserves upper semicontinuity (resp. continuity) of vvv and that a maximizer exists, when Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) is compact and x↦Dn(x)x \mapsto D_n(x)x↦Dn​(x) is upper semicontinuous (resp. continuous); Theorem 2.4.6 and Theorem 2.4.10 package these into concrete instances of (SAN). Lemma 2.4.7 gives a checkable criterion — weak continuity of the kernel QnQ_nQn​ — for Theorem 2.4.6's integral-semicontinuity hypothesis. Proposition 2.4.11 drops all topological structure on Dn(⋅)D_n(\cdot)Dn​(⋅) itself, keeping only pointwise compactness of Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) plus semicontinuity of the objective in the action alone, and is what the goal theorem invokes directly, via a projection theorem of Kunugui and Novikov in place of the sequential compactness argument used for Proposition 2.4.3.

Significance

Compactness of the action set together with semicontinuity of the reward is the textbook Weierstrass mechanism for the existence of a maximizer in ordinary optimization; the content of this chapter is doing the same thing correctly when the maximization varies measurably over an uncountable state space EEE, so that the resulting maximizer is not just pointwise-optimal but a genuine decision rule (a measurable function of the state). No formalized version of this theory exists on the platform: BertsekasDP's existence theorems are for finite state-and-action-space models, where D(x)D(x)D(x) is automatically compact (in the discrete topology) and every real-valued function on it is automatically semicontinuous, so none of this chapter's actual content — choosing a measurable maximizing selection as the state varies continuously — has any analogue there. This chunk earns the generalization rather than restating that finite-state prior art.

Difficulty

The three "compactness implies (SAN)" theorems of this chapter (2.4.6, 2.4.10, 2.4.13) trade regularity of the action correspondence x↦Dn(x)x \mapsto D_n(x)x↦Dn​(x) against regularity of the resulting value-function class: assuming more about how Dn(⋅)D_n(\cdot)Dn​(⋅) varies (continuity, in Theorem 2.4.10) buys a stronger conclusion (continuous, not merely upper semicontinuous, value functions); assuming nothing about Dn(⋅)D_n(\cdot)Dn​(⋅) beyond pointwise compactness (Theorem 2.4.13, the goal) forces the weakest conclusion, that the whole class IBb+\mathrm{IB}_b^+IBb+​ is preserved, via a genuinely different, measure-theoretic argument (a projection theorem) rather than the sequential compactness argument common to Propositions 2.4.3 and 2.4.8. Formalizing all three side by side, rather than only the goal in isolation, is what exposes this trade-off as three logically independent theorems rather than one theorem instantiated three times, and is why every one of the section's numbered results is kept as an item of this mission (per the CAPTAIN's budget instruction to include, not cut, results of genuine independent content) rather than only the smallest set literally required by the goal's own proof tree.

Formalization scope

State and action spaces carry MeasurableSpace, TopologicalSpace, BorelSpace instances throughout (the section's own standing assumption that EEE, AAA are Borel spaces), but no metrizability or separability instance is required beyond what each statement's own topology needs — sequences suffice for every semicontinuity notion used here, matching the book's own Appendix A, which is stated for metric spaces. The Markov Decision Model, its operators (LnL_nLn​, TnT_nTn​, TnfT_n^fTnf​), the notion of a maximizer, and the Structure Assumption are restated from chunk 02a-model-bellman-equation in this mission's own MDPFinance.Semicontinuous namespace (drafts in this series cannot import one another). Set-valued upper/lower semicontinuity (Appendix A.2.1) is formalized with the book's own sequential definition, not Mathlib's neighborhood-filter-based UpperHemicontinuous/LowerHemicontinuous for correspondences — the book explicitly remarks that its own definition is "slightly more restrictive than other definitions appearing in the literature" (p. 351), so identifying the two without proof would silently substitute a different notion. The classes IBb\mathrm{IB}_bIBb​, IBb+\mathrm{IB}_b^+IBb+​ are formalized via the book's own equivalent bound-by-a-constant characterization rather than through the weighted supremum norm ∥⋅∥b\|\cdot\|_b∥⋅∥b​ itself, avoiding EReal division and its 0/0 := 0 convention for no loss of content. Each of Theorem 2.4.6's and Theorem 2.4.10's closing "in particular" sentences — restating chunk 02a's Theorem 2.3.8 applied to the (SAN) instance just constructed — is not repeated in this mission's Lean, since it is a corollary of a different chunk's goal, not new content of this section; only the "(SAN) is satisfied" conclusion that is this section's own contribution is stated. A trivializing formalization of the goal would specialize AAA to a finite type or fix Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x) to a single compact set independent of xxx, making hypotheses (i)-(iii) vacuous; this mission states the theorem for arbitrary Borel AAA and a genuinely state-dependent Dn(x)D_n(x)Dn​(x).

Selected references

  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Universitext, Springer, 2011. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9.
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
  • C. J. Himmelberg, T. Parthasarathy, and F. S. Van Vleck, "Optimal plans for dynamic programming problems", Mathematics of Operations Research 1 (1976), 390-394.
  • K. Kuratowski and C. Ryll-Nardzewski, "A general theorem on selectors", Bulletin de l'Académie Polonaise des Sciences 13 (1965), 397-403.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Exit Problems for Spectrally Negative Lévy Processes and Applications to (Canadized) Russian Options II: Optimal Stopping for the Perpetual Russian OptionResearch Paper

Motivation

A Russian option is a perpetual American-type claim that pays, when the holder exercises at time τ\tauτ, the maximum of the asset price seen so far, discounted by e−ατe^{-\alpha\tau}e−ατ. It was introduced by Shepp and Shiryaev for the Black–Scholes market (Shepp–Shiryaev 1993), where the underlying log-price is a Brownian motion with drift. Empirical work on asset returns (skewness, heavy tails, downward jumps) motivates replacing the Brownian motion by a Lévy process with negative jumps only. Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (2004) solve the Russian optimal stopping problem in that model in closed form, in terms of the scale functions of the process.

Timeline. 1993: Shepp and Shiryaev solve the Russian problem for geometric Brownian motion; Duffie and Harrison give its no-arbitrage price. Graversen and Peskir, and Kyprianou and Pistorius, treat further variants within the Black–Scholes market (the works the paper cites in §6). 2004: Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius solve it for every spectrally negative Lévy process, covering both unbounded and bounded variation, using the exit problem of the reflected process Y=X‾−XY=\overline X-XY=X−X (their Theorem 1, the subject of the first mission of this series).

Setting

Let (Ω,F,F={Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbf F=\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,F={Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a filtered probability space with a right-continuous filtration, and X={Xt, t≥0}X=\{X_t,\ t\ge0\}X={Xt​, t≥0} a spectrally negative Lévy process for F\mathbf FF: X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, càdlàg paths with no positive jumps, independent and stationary increments with Xs+t−XsX_{s+t}-X_sXs+t​−Xs​ independent of Fs\mathcal F_sFs​, and paths that are not monotone. The standing assumption of the paper is that XXX has unbounded variation, or bounded variation and a Lévy measure absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure.

The Laplace exponent is ψ(θ)=log⁡E[eθX1]\psi(\theta)=\log\mathbb E[e^{\theta X_1}]ψ(θ)=logE[eθX1​], and Φ(q)\Phi(q)Φ(q) is the largest root of ψ(θ)=q\psi(\theta)=qψ(θ)=q. For q≥0q\ge0q≥0 the qqq-scale function W(q):R→[0,∞)W^{(q)}:\mathbb R\to[0,\infty)W(q):R→[0,∞) is the unique function that vanishes on (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0], is continuous on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and satisfies ∫0∞e−θxW(q)(x) dx=(ψ(θ)−q)−1\int_0^\infty e^{-\theta x}W^{(q)}(x)\,dx=(\psi(\theta)-q)^{-1}∫0∞​e−θxW(q)(x)dx=(ψ(θ)−q)−1 for θ>Φ(q)\theta>\Phi(q)θ>Φ(q). Then Z(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞xW(q)(z) dzZ^{(q)}(x)=1+q\int_{-\infty}^xW^{(q)}(z)\,dzZ(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞x​W(q)(z)dz. The tilted scale functions Wv(p)W_v^{(p)}Wv(p)​ are those of the exponent ψv(θ)=ψ(θ+v)−ψ(v)\psi_v(\theta)=\psi(\theta+v)-\psi(v)ψv​(θ)=ψ(θ+v)−ψ(v).

Fix r≥0r\ge0r≥0 with ψ(1)=r\psi(1)=rψ(1)=r (the risk-neutral condition), and let P1\mathbb P^1P1 be the Esscher measure, dP1/dP∣Ft=eXt−rtd\mathbb P^1/d\mathbb P|_{\mathcal F_t}=e^{X_t-rt}dP1/dP∣Ft​​=eXt​−rt. For z≥0z\ge0z≥0, under P−z1\mathbb P^1_{-z}P−z1​ the process starts at −z-z−z with running maximum X‾t=max⁡{0,sup⁡u≤tXu}\overline X_t=\max\{0,\sup_{u\le t}X_u\}Xt​=max{0,supu≤t​Xu​}, and the reflected process Y=X‾−XY=\overline X-XY=X−X starts at Y0=zY_0=zY0​=z. The passage time is τk=inf⁡{t≥0:Yt∉[0,k)}\tau_k=\inf\{t\ge0:Y_t\notin[0,k)\}τk​=inf{t≥0:Yt​∈/[0,k)}. Fix α>0\alpha>0α>0 and put q=α+rq=\alpha+rq=α+r.

The Russian optimal stopping problem (28) is

wR(z)=sup⁡τ E−z1[e−ατ+Yτ],w^R(z)=\sup_\tau\ \mathbb E^1_{-z}\big[e^{-\alpha\tau+Y_\tau}\big],wR(z)=τsup​ E−z1​[e−ατ+Yτ​],

the supremum over all P1\mathbb P^1P1-almost surely finite F\mathbf FF-stopping times. The option price is Vr(M0,S0)=S0 wR(log⁡(M0/S0))V_r(M_0,S_0)=S_0\,w^R(\log(M_0/S_0))Vr​(M0​,S0​)=S0​wR(log(M0​/S0​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

With the optimal level (30) and the candidate value

κ∗=inf⁡{x: Z(q)(x)≤qW(q)(x)},u(z)=ezZ(q)(κ∗−z),\kappa^*=\inf\{x:\ Z^{(q)}(x)\le qW^{(q)}(x)\},\qquad u(z)=e^zZ^{(q)}(\kappa^*-z),κ∗=inf{x: Z(q)(x)≤qW(q)(x)},u(z)=ezZ(q)(κ∗−z),

for every z≥0z\ge0z≥0,

wR(z)=u(z)=E−z1[e−ατκ∗+Yτκ∗],w^R(z)=u(z)=\mathbb E^1_{-z}\big[e^{-\alpha\tau_{\kappa^*}+Y_{\tau_{\kappa^*}}}\big],wR(z)=u(z)=E−z1​[e−ατκ∗​+Yτκ∗​​],

and τκ∗\tau_{\kappa^*}τκ∗​ is a P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite F\mathbf FF-stopping time.

Milestones

  1. Remark 4: W(u)(x)=evxWv(u−ψ(v))(x)W^{(u)}(x)=e^{vx}W_v^{(u-\psi(v))}(x)W(u)(x)=evxWv(u−ψ(v))​(x).
  2. Lemma 1: Z(q)(x)/W(q)(x)→q/Φ(q)Z^{(q)}(x)/W^{(q)}(x)\to q/\Phi(q)Z(q)(x)/W(q)(x)→q/Φ(q) as x→∞x\to\inftyx→∞ (for q≥0q\ge0q≥0, with the paper's convention for 0/Φ(0)0/\Phi(0)0/Φ(0)).
  3. Remark 3: Wv(0+)=0W_v(0+)=0Wv​(0+)=0 if and only if XXX has unbounded variation.
  4. Corollary 1, (29): the value of stopping at τk\tau_kτk​,
E−z1(e−ατk+Yτk)=ez(Z(q)(k−z)+Z(q)(k)−qW(q)(k)W(q)′(k)−W(q)(k)W(q)(k−z)).\mathbb E^1_{-z}\big(e^{-\alpha\tau_k+Y_{\tau_k}}\big)=e^z\Big(Z^{(q)}(k-z)+\frac{Z^{(q)}(k)-qW^{(q)}(k)}{W^{(q)\prime}(k)-W^{(q)}(k)}W^{(q)}(k-z)\Big).E−z1​(e−ατk​+Yτk​​)=ez(Z(q)(k−z)+W(q)′(k)−W(q)(k)Z(q)(k)−qW(q)(k)​W(q)(k−z)).
  1. Lemma 2 (i): for q>rq>rq>r, f=Z(q)−qW(q)f=Z^{(q)}-qW^{(q)}f=Z(q)−qW(q) decreases on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) to −∞-\infty−∞.
  2. Lemma 2 (ii): κ∗=0\kappa^*=0κ∗=0 if W(q)(0+)≥q−1W^{(q)}(0+)\ge q^{-1}W(q)(0+)≥q−1; otherwise κ∗>0\kappa^*>0κ∗>0 is the unique root of fff.
  3. The stopped process e−α(t∧τκ∗)u(Yt∧τκ∗)e^{-\alpha(t\wedge\tau_{\kappa^*})}u(Y_{t\wedge\tau_{\kappa^*}})e−α(t∧τκ∗​)u(Yt∧τκ∗​​) is a P1\mathbb P^1P1-martingale.
  4. E−z1[e−αt+YtZ(q)(κ∗−Yt)]≤ezZ(q)(κ∗−z)\mathbb E^1_{-z}[e^{-\alpha t+Y_t}Z^{(q)}(\kappa^*-Y_t)]\le e^zZ^{(q)}(\kappa^*-z)E−z1​[e−αt+Yt​Z(q)(κ∗−Yt​)]≤ezZ(q)(κ∗−z).
  5. e−αtu(Yt)e^{-\alpha t}u(Y_t)e−αtu(Yt​) is a P1\mathbb P^1P1-supermartingale.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 gives the price of the perpetual Russian option and its optimal exercise rule for every exponential spectrally negative Lévy market. The rule is to exercise when the ratio of the running maximum to the current price first reaches eκ∗e^{\kappa^*}eκ∗. The level is explicit through scale functions, and it separates the regimes: for bounded variation with W(q)(0+)≥q−1W^{(q)}(0+)\ge q^{-1}W(q)(0+)≥q−1, immediate exercise is optimal. The theorem is the model case of a general method: an optimal stopping problem for a functional of (X,X‾)(X,\overline X)(X,X) is reduced, by a change of measure, to one for the reflected process, and solved by verification. The same method underlies the Canadized Russian option (third mission of the series).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a Lean statement of the full verification theorem, including admissibility of τκ∗\tau_{\kappa^*}τκ∗​. It also states the analytic facts about scale functions that the proof relies on (Lemmas 1, 2 and Remarks 3, 4), which apply to any problem phrased in scale functions.

Difficulty

The obvious route is the classical verification: show that e−αtu(Yt)e^{-\alpha t}u(Y_t)e−αtu(Yt​) is a supermartingale, apply optional stopping, and check equality at τκ∗\tau_{\kappa^*}τκ∗​. The first step fails as a direct Itô computation. In the unbounded-variation case uuu is only C1C^1C1 at κ∗\kappa^*κ∗, and in the bounded-variation case only continuous there. The generator of YYY is nonlocal, so smoothness away from κ∗\kappa^*κ∗ does not control the jump part of the process across the boundary. The equality case needs the exact value of stopping at τk\tau_kτk​ (Corollary 1). That value requires the overshoot of YYY over kkk, which is caused by a downward jump of XXX, and the exit problem of the reflected process. Finally, P1\mathbb P^1P1 is not equivalent to P\mathbb PP on F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​, so passing from P\mathbb PP-facts to P1\mathbb P^1P1-facts is valid only on each Ft\mathcal F_tFt​.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Time is [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (ℝ≥0) and values are real. Random times take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (WithTop ℝ≥0), and the payoff is set to 000 on {τ=∞}\{\tau=\infty\}{τ=∞}, a P1\mathbb P^1P1-null event for admissible τ\tauτ.
  • The spectrally negative Lévy process is a structure: measurable marginals, X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, independent increments, stationary increments, càdlàg paths, no positive jumps, not almost surely monotone. Paths start at 000, are càdlàg, and have no positive jumps for every ω\omegaω, not merely almost surely. Adaptedness, independence of increments from the past, and right-continuity of F\mathbf FF are added for the filtered version.
  • "The usual conditions" are read as right-continuity only; completeness is not imposed. P1\mathbb P^1P1 is typically singular to P\mathbb PP on F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​, so a complete F0\mathcal F_0F0​ would contradict (3).
  • "Unbounded variation" means "not almost surely of bounded variation on compacts". Condition (AC) is stated through jumps: no jump lands in a Lebesgue-null set, almost surely. The standing assumption is "bounded variation implies (AC)".
  • ψ\psiψ is Mathlib's cumulant generating function; "ψ(v)<∞\psi(v)<\inftyψ(v)<∞" is integrability of evX1e^{vX_1}evX1​.
  • W(q)W^{(q)}W(q) is a definite description (choice among functions with the properties of Definition 2) for q≥0q\ge0q≥0, and the series (5) for q<0q<0q<0. Z(q)Z^{(q)}Z(q) integrates over (−∞,x](-\infty,x](−∞,x].
  • P1\mathbb P^1P1 is data (a probability measure Q\mathbb QQ) with Q∣Ft=eXt−rt⋅P∣Ft\mathbb Q|_{\mathcal F_t}=e^{X_t-rt}\cdot\mathbb P|_{\mathcal F_t}Q∣Ft​​=eXt​−rt⋅P∣Ft​​ for all ttt. P−z1\mathbb P^1_{-z}P−z1​ is encoded by the reflected process with prior maximum 000 and starting point −z-z−z.
  • The value function is a supremum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] of lower Lebesgue integrals. Expectation identities (Corollary 1, the display on p. 230) are stated in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and thereby assert finiteness.
  • W(q)(0+)W^{(q)}(0+)W(q)(0+) is Function.rightLim, and κ∗\kappa^*κ∗ is the real infimum (30); its nonemptiness is Lemma 2, not a hypothesis. τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0 extends the paper's τk\tau_kτk​, k>0k>0k>0.
  • Readings of informal words: "decreases monotonically" is strict decrease on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); "the unique root" is on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); Lemma 1 is formalized for q≥0q\ge0q≥0, with 0/Φ(0)0/\Phi(0)0/Φ(0) read as lim⁡θ↓0θ/Φ(θ)\lim_{\theta\downarrow0}\theta/\Phi(\theta)limθ↓0​θ/Φ(θ) as the paper stipulates; Remarks 3 and 4 for real qqq, uuu only. The p. 230 martingale, bound and supermartingale claims are stated under the standing assumption, covering all three cases of the proof.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the supremum ranges over every P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite stopping time of the given filtration (not only passage times, not a smaller filtration), and it is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], where no junk value of an unbounded real supremum can occur.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: Lévy processes on path space, their Laplace exponents and Esscher transforms, scale functions (existence, uniqueness, smoothness under the standing assumption), the reflected process and the exit identity of Theorem 1, optional stopping for continuous-time supermartingales, and Itô/change-of-variables formulas for semimartingales with jumps. The scale-function and Esscher layers are reusable for the other missions of this series and for any fluctuation-theory problem. Contributions to any of these layers, or to the milestones separately, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Avram, A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Exit problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes and applications to (Canadized) Russian options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 215–238, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828052
  • L. Shepp, A. N. Shiryaev, The Russian option: reduced regret, Ann. Appl. Probab. 3(3), 631–640, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005715
  • J. Bertoin, Lévy Processes, Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics 121, Cambridge University Press, 1996. ISBN 0-521-56243-0
  • A. E. Kyprianou, Fluctuations of Lévy Processes with Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-37632-0
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsReinforcement LearningStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

The O.D.E. Method for Convergence of Stochastic Approximation and Reinforcement Learning II: Mean-Square Error under Bounded StepsizesResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic approximation is the family of recursive algorithms that locate a zero of a vector field hhh from noisy evaluations of it. Temporal-difference learning, Q-learning, actor–critic methods and stochastic gradient descent are all instances. In practice these algorithms are often run with a constant or bounded, non-vanishing stepsize: the iterate keeps adapting to new data and never freezes, at the price of never converging exactly. The natural question for such a scheme is quantitative: how far from the target does the iterate stay in the long run, and how does that distance scale with the stepsize?

Borkar and Meyn (SIAM J. Control Optim. 38(2), 2000) answer both halves of the question under one set of hypotheses. First, stability of a "fluid" ODE obtained by scaling hhh at infinity implies that the iterates have bounded second moments, with no a priori boundedness or projection assumption. Second, if the ODE x˙=h(x)\dot x = h(x)x˙=h(x) has a globally exponentially stable equilibrium x∗x^*x∗, the asymptotic mean-square error is of the order of the largest stepsize. The first result replaced the usual stochastic-Lyapunov-function verification in reinforcement-learning applications (Section 3 of the paper). This mission formalizes the bounded-stepsize branch of the paper. A companion mission (… I: Stability and Almost-Sure Convergence under Tapering Stepsizes) covers the vanishing-stepsize branch.

Setting

Fix d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and a Lipschitz vector field h:Rd→Rdh : \mathbb{R}^d \to \mathbb{R}^dh:Rd→Rd. The stochastic approximation recursion (1.1) is

X(n+1)=X(n)+a(n)[h(X(n))+M(n+1)],n≥0,X(n+1) = X(n) + a(n)\big[h(X(n)) + M(n+1)\big], \qquad n \ge 0,X(n+1)=X(n)+a(n)[h(X(n))+M(n+1)],n≥0,

with a deterministic step sequence {a(n)}\{a(n)\}{a(n)} and a noise sequence {M(n)}\{M(n)\}{M(n)} on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, \mathsf P)(Ω,F,P). The associated ODE (1.2) is x˙=h(x)\dot x = h(x)x˙=h(x).

  • The scaled fields are hr(x)=r−1h(rx)h_r(x) = r^{-1} h(rx)hr​(x)=r−1h(rx). Assumption (A1) asks that hhh be Lipschitz, that hr(x)→h∞(x)h_r(x) \to h_\infty(x)hr​(x)→h∞​(x) for every xxx as r→∞r \to \inftyr→∞, and that the origin be an asymptotically stable equilibrium of the fluid ODE x˙=h∞(x)\dot x = h_\infty(x)x˙=h∞​(x).
  • Let Fn=σ(X(0),…,X(n))\mathcal F_n = \sigma(X(0), \dots, X(n))Fn​=σ(X(0),…,X(n)). Assumption (A2) asks that {M(n)}\{M(n)\}{M(n)} be a martingale difference sequence, E[M(n+1)∣Fn]=0\mathsf E[M(n+1) \mid \mathcal F_n] = 0E[M(n+1)∣Fn​]=0, with conditional second moments E[∥M(n+1)∥2∣Fn]≤C0(1+∥X(n)∥2)\mathsf E[\|M(n+1)\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_n] \le C_0(1 + \|X(n)\|^2)E[∥M(n+1)∥2∣Fn​]≤C0​(1+∥X(n)∥2) for a constant C0C_0C0​.
  • Assumption (BS), bounded stepsizes: 0<α‾≤a(n)≤αˉ<10 < \underline\alpha \le a(n) \le \bar\alpha < 10<α​≤a(n)≤αˉ<1 for all nnn, with α‾<αˉ\underline\alpha < \bar\alphaα​<αˉ.
  • The error (2.2) is e(n)=∥X(n)−x∗∥e(n) = \|X(n) - x^*\|e(n)=∥X(n)−x∗∥.

An equilibrium x∗x^*x∗ of (1.2) is globally asymptotically stable if it is Lyapunov stable and attracts every solution. It is globally exponentially asymptotically stable if there are bbb and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 with ∥x(t)−x∗∥≤b e−δt∥x(0)−x∗∥\|x(t) - x^*\| \le b\,e^{-\delta t}\|x(0) - x^*\|∥x(t)−x∗∥≤be−δt∥x(0)−x∗∥ for every solution.

The proofs compare the iterates with ODE solutions on a time grid: t(n)=∑i<na(i)t(n) = \sum_{i<n} a(i)t(n)=∑i<n​a(i), blocks T(j)=t(m(j))T(j) = t(m(j))T(j)=t(m(j)) of length about TTT, the interpolated path ψ\psiψ of the iterates, its rescaled version ϕj=ψ/r(j)\phi_j = \psi/r(j)ϕj​=ψ/r(j) with r(j)=max⁡(1,∥X(m(j))∥)r(j) = \max(1, \|X(m(j))\|)r(j)=max(1,∥X(m(j))∥), and the ODE solutions ψ^\hat\psiψ^​, ϕ^j\hat\phi_jϕ^​j​ restarted at each block.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3(ii)

Under (A1), (A2) and (BS), if x∗x^*x∗ is a globally asymptotically and globally exponentially asymptotically stable equilibrium of (1.2), there are α∗>0\alpha^* > 0α∗>0 and b2<∞b_2 < \inftyb2​<∞ such that for all 0<αˉ≤α∗0 < \bar\alpha \le \alpha^*0<αˉ≤α∗ and every initial condition X(0)X(0)X(0),

lim sup⁡n→∞E[e(n)2]≤b2 αˉ.\limsup_{n \to \infty} \mathsf E\big[e(n)^2\big] \le b_2\, \bar\alpha .n→∞limsup​E[e(n)2]≤b2​αˉ.

The constant b2b_2b2​ is uniform in the stepsizes and in X(0)X(0)X(0). No rate constant is fixed: only the linear dependence on αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ is asserted.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.7. For fixed T>0T > 0T>0 there is C2C_2C2​, independent of the stepsizes, with E[∥ϕj(t)−ϕ^j(t)∥2∣Fm(j)]≤C2αˉ\mathsf E[\|\phi_j(t) - \hat\phi_j(t)\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_{m(j)}] \le C_2\bar\alphaE[∥ϕj​(t)−ϕ^​j​(t)∥2∣Fm(j)​]≤C2​αˉ and E[∥ϕj(t)∥2∣Fm(j)]≤C2\mathsf E[\|\phi_j(t)\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_{m(j)}] \le C_2E[∥ϕj​(t)∥2∣Fm(j)​]≤C2​ on every block.
  2. Theorem 2.1(ii). There are α∗>0\alpha^* > 0α∗>0 and C1C_1C1​ with lim sup⁡nE∥X(n)∥2≤C1\limsup_n \mathsf E\|X(n)\|^2 \le C_1limsupn​E∥X(n)∥2≤C1​ whenever αˉ<α∗\bar\alpha < \alpha^*αˉ<α∗.
  3. Lemma 4.8. For αˉ≤α∗\bar\alpha \le \alpha^*αˉ≤α∗, sup⁡t≥0E∥ψ^(t)−ψ(t)∥2≤C3αˉ\sup_{t \ge 0} \mathsf E\|\hat\psi(t) - \psi(t)\|^2 \le C_3 \bar\alphasupt≥0​E∥ψ^​(t)−ψ(t)∥2≤C3​αˉ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1(ii) says that a stability property of a deterministic ODE at infinity controls a stochastic recursion in mean square, uniformly over initial conditions. Theorem 2.3(ii) turns this into an error bound: with a non-vanishing stepsize the iterate does not converge, but its mean-square distance from x∗x^*x∗ is eventually O(αˉ)O(\bar\alpha)O(αˉ). This is the quantitative justification for constant-stepsize stochastic approximation in reinforcement learning and adaptive control, and it is the starting point of the trade-off between bias (small stepsize) and speed (large stepsize) discussed in Section 2.2 of the paper.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, partly by sketch: Lemma 4.8's proof refers to "familiar arguments using the Bellman–Gronwall lemma", and the paper writes several bounds as O(αˉ)O(\bar\alpha)O(αˉ). A formal proof makes every constant and its dependence explicit, which the paper's quantifier order leaves partly implicit (see the scope section). No machine-checked proof of these results, or of any stochastic-approximation stability theorem in this generality, is known to exist.

Difficulty

The natural first argument, that the iterates track the ODE and the ODE converges, needs the iterates to be bounded. Bounded iterates are exactly what is being proved, so the argument is circular. The paper breaks the circularity by rescaling: on each block the iterate is divided by r(j)r(j)r(j), so that on large scales it tracks the fluid ODE, whose stability contracts the norm by a fixed factor per block. Making this work in mean square requires conditional second-moment estimates that are uniform in the stepsize and the scale (Lemma 4.7). A second difficulty is that the stepsize does not vanish: the tracking error per block does not go to zero, and the goal's content is precisely that it is of order αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ with a constant that does not depend on αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ.

Formalization scope

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). ODE solutions are forward solutions: continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with right derivatives. Stability notions are the standard ones, with exponential stability in the form the proof of Theorem 2.3(ii) uses.
  • The filtration is the natural filtration of the iterates. (A2) includes integrability of M(n+1)M(n+1)M(n+1) and ∥M(n+1)∥2\|M(n+1)\|^2∥M(n+1)∥2 so that the conditional expectations are meaningful. Each theorem quantifies over every probability space, every measurable process satisfying (1.1) and (A2), and every deterministic X(0)X(0)X(0).
  • Second moments, suprema and lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a bound is a genuine finiteness claim.
  • Constant placement. α∗\alpha^*α∗, C1C_1C1​ and b2b_2b2​ depend only on hhh, h∞h_\inftyh∞​, C0C_0C0​ (and x∗x^*x∗). C2C_2C2​ depends in addition on TTT, and C3C_3C3​ on TTT and X(0)X(0)X(0). None depends on the stepsizes. Theorem 2.3's page text puts b2b_2b2​ after α\alphaα. Read literally, that would allow b2=C1/αˉb_2 = C_1/\bar\alphab2​=C1​/αˉ and make the goal a restatement of Theorem 2.1(ii). The formal goal fixes b2b_2b2​ before the stepsizes and the initial condition, as the proof (16C3αˉ16C_3\bar\alpha16C3​αˉ) gives. α∗\alpha^*α∗ is existential in Theorem 2.3(ii) and Lemma 4.8 rather than tied to Theorem 2.1(ii)'s witness.
  • The proof objects ψ^\hat\psiψ^​, ϕ^j\hat\phi_jϕ^​j​ are characterized by predicates (initial value, continuity, ODE on the block). Lemmas 4.7 and 4.8 hold for every function satisfying them.
  • Not included: Theorem 2.3(i) (its proof chooses a radius depending on αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ), Theorem 2.4 and the Markov-chain results of Section 4.3, and the asynchronous extension (Theorem 2.5). The deterministic ODE lemmas 4.1–4.4 belong to the companion mission.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: Bellman–Gronwall inequalities in discrete time (Lemma 4.3 of the paper), stability of scaled ODEs, and conditional second-moment estimates for martingale-difference-driven recursions. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. S. Borkar and S. P. Meyn, The O.D.E. Method for Convergence of Stochastic Approximation and Reinforcement Learning, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38(2):447–469, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012997331639
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Math. 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation and Recursive Algorithms and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97441
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Optimal Dividend Problem for a Spectrally Negative Lévy Process II: Optimality of the Double-Barrier Strategy at d* with Bail-Out LoansResearch Paper

Dividends, ruin and bail-out loans

An insurance company's surplus in the Cramér–Lundberg model grows linearly with premiums and falls by claims arriving as a compound Poisson process. When premium income exceeds the expected claims, the surplus drifts to infinity. De Finetti (1957) proposed that the surplus above a barrier should instead be paid to shareholders as dividends, and the resulting optimal dividend problem — maximize the expected discounted dividends — is a central problem of risk theory. A barrier policy, however, drives the surplus below zero with probability one. Harrison and Taylor (1978) and Løkka and Zervos studied, for Brownian motion, a variant with bail-out loans: ruin is forbidden, and the shareholders must inject capital whenever the surplus would become negative, at a cost φ>1\varphi>1φ>1 per unit.

Avram, Palmowski and Pistorius (Ann. Appl. Probab. 17 (2007)) solved the bail-out problem when the surplus is a general spectrally negative Lévy process, which includes the Cramér–Lundberg model, Brownian motion with drift and their sums. They showed that the optimal policy is a double barrier policy for every initial capital. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3 of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1957 — de Finetti introduces dividend barriers.
  • 1978 — Harrison and Taylor: optimal control of a Brownian storage system with two reflecting barriers.
  • 1995 — Jeanblanc and Shiryaev: optimal dividends for Brownian motion with drift.
  • 2004 — Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius: exit problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes reflected at their infimum and supremum, in terms of scale functions.
  • 2007 — Avram, Palmowski and Pistorius: Theorems 1 and 3 of the present paper; Pistorius' pathwise construction of the doubly reflected process is used.

Setting

A spectrally negative Lévy process X={Xt}t≥0X=\{X_t\}_{t\ge0}X={Xt​}t≥0​ on a filtered probability space (Ω,F,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb F,P)(Ω,F,F,P) starts at X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, has càdlàg paths, is F\mathbb FF-adapted, and has stationary increments with Xt−XsX_t-X_sXt​−Xs​ independent of Fs\mathcal F_sFs​. Its jumps are all negative, and E[eθXt]=etψ(θ)E[e^{\theta X_t}]=e^{t\psi(\theta)}E[eθXt​]=etψ(θ) for θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0, where the Laplace exponent is

ψ(θ)=cθ+σ22θ2+∫(−∞,0)(eθy−1−θy1{∣y∣<1}) ν(dy).\psi(\theta)=c\theta+\tfrac{\sigma^2}{2}\theta^2+\int_{(-\infty,0)}(e^{\theta y}-1-\theta y\mathbf 1_{\{|y|<1\}})\,\nu(dy).ψ(θ)=cθ+2σ2​θ2+∫(−∞,0)​(eθy−1−θy1{∣y∣<1}​)ν(dy).

With initial capital x≥0x\ge0x≥0 the surplus is x+Xx+Xx+X. The standing assumptions are: XXX does not have monotone paths; E[X1]>−∞E[X_1]>-\inftyE[X1​]>−∞ (so ψ′(0+)=E[X1]\psi'(0+)=E[X_1]ψ′(0+)=E[X1​] is finite); σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, or ∫(−1,0)∣y∣ν(dy)=∞\int_{(-1,0)}|y|\nu(dy)=\infty∫(−1,0)​∣y∣ν(dy)=∞, or ν\nuν has a density (condition (3.3)).

A policy πˉ=(L,R)\bar\pi=(L,R)πˉ=(L,R) consists of nondecreasing adapted processes with L0=R0=0L_0=R_0=0L0​=R0​=0: cumulative dividends LLL (left-continuous) and cumulative injected capital RRR (right-continuous). The controlled surplus is Vt=x+Xt−Lt+RtV_t=x+X_t-L_t+R_tVt​=x+Xt​−Lt​+Rt​. The policy is admissible if Vt≥0V_t\ge0Vt​≥0 for t>0t>0t>0 and ∫0∞e−qtdRt<∞\int_0^\infty e^{-qt}dR_t<\infty∫0∞​e−qtdRt​<∞ almost surely. Its value and the value function are

vˉπˉ(x)=E[∫0∞e−qtdLt−φ∫0∞e−qtdRt],vˉ∗(x)=sup⁡πˉ admissiblevˉπˉ(x),\bar v_{\bar\pi}(x)=E\Bigl[\int_0^\infty e^{-qt}dL_t-\varphi\int_0^\infty e^{-qt}dR_t\Bigr],\qquad \bar v_*(x)=\sup_{\bar\pi\ \text{admissible}}\bar v_{\bar\pi}(x),vˉπˉ​(x)=E[∫0∞​e−qtdLt​−φ∫0∞​e−qtdRt​],vˉ∗​(x)=πˉ admissiblesup​vˉπˉ​(x),

with discount rate q>0q>0q>0 and cost φ>1\varphi>1φ>1. The double-barrier strategy πˉ0,a\bar\pi_{0,a}πˉ0,a​ pays out (x−a)+(x-a)^+(x−a)+ at once and then the minimal dividends and injections that keep VVV in [0,a][0,a][0,a]: dLdLdL is carried by {V=a}\{V=a\}{V=a} and dRdRdR by {V=0}\{V=0\}{V=0}.

The qqq-scale function W=W(q)W=W^{(q)}W=W(q) vanishes on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), is continuous and nondecreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and satisfies ∫0∞e−θyW(y)dy=1/(ψ(θ)−q)\int_0^\infty e^{-\theta y}W(y)dy=1/(\psi(\theta)-q)∫0∞​e−θyW(y)dy=1/(ψ(θ)−q) for θ>Φ(q)\theta>\Phi(q)θ>Φ(q), the largest root of ψ=q\psi=qψ=q. Set W‾(y)=∫0yW\overline W(y)=\int_0^yWW(y)=∫0y​W, Z=1+qW‾Z=1+q\overline WZ=1+qW, Z‾(y)=∫0yZ\overline Z(y)=\int_0^yZZ(y)=∫0y​Z. The candidate value of πˉ0,a\bar\pi_{0,a}πˉ0,a​ is

vˉa(x)=φ(Z‾(x)+ψ′(0+)/q)+Z(x)1−φZ(a)qW(a)(0≤x≤a),vˉa(x)=x−a+vˉa(a)(x>a),\bar v_a(x)=\varphi\bigl(\overline Z(x)+\psi'(0+)/q\bigr)+Z(x)\frac{1-\varphi Z(a)}{qW(a)}\quad(0\le x\le a),\qquad \bar v_a(x)=x-a+\bar v_a(a)\quad(x>a),vˉa​(x)=φ(Z(x)+ψ′(0+)/q)+Z(x)qW(a)1−φZ(a)​(0≤x≤a),vˉa​(x)=x−a+vˉa​(a)(x>a),

and the barrier level is d∗=inf⁡{a>0:[φZ(a)−1]W′(a)−φqW(a)2≤0}d^*=\inf\{a>0:[\varphi Z(a)-1]W'(a)-\varphi qW(a)^2\le0\}d∗=inf{a>0:[φZ(a)−1]W′(a)−φqW(a)2≤0}, with inf⁡∅=∞\inf\emptyset=\inftyinf∅=∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

d∗<∞,vˉ∗(x)=vˉd∗(x)  (x≥0),πˉ0,d∗ exists, is admissible and attains vˉ∗(x).d^*<\infty,\qquad \bar v_*(x)=\bar v_{d^*}(x)\ \ (x\ge0),\qquad \bar\pi_{0,d^*}\ \text{exists, is admissible and attains }\bar v_*(x).d∗<∞,vˉ∗​(x)=vˉd∗​(x)  (x≥0),πˉ0,d∗​ exists, is admissible and attains vˉ∗​(x).

Milestones

  • Lemma 1: W‾(y)/W‾(a)≤W(y)/W(a)\overline W(y)/\overline W(a)\le W(y)/W(a)W(y)/W(a)≤W(y)/W(a) for 0≤y≤a0\le y\le a0≤y≤a.
  • Proposition 2, (3.17): the expected discounted undershoot Ex[e−qT0−XT0−]E_x[e^{-qT_0^-}X_{T_0^-}]Ex​[e−qT0−​XT0−​​] in closed form.
  • Theorem 1: the expected discounted dividends and injections of πˉ0,a\bar\pi_{0,a}πˉ0,a​, a>0a>0a>0, in closed form; hence vˉπˉ0,a=vˉa\bar v_{\bar\pi_{0,a}}=\bar v_avˉπˉ0,a​​=vˉa​.
  • Lemma 2(ii): d∗=0d^*=0d∗=0 if and only if σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 and ν(−∞,0)≤q/(φ−1)\nu(-\infty,0)\le q/(\varphi-1)ν(−∞,0)≤q/(φ−1).
  • Proposition 3(ii): d∗<∞d^*<\inftyd∗<∞ and vˉa≤vˉd∗\bar v_a\le\bar v_{d^*}vˉa​≤vˉd∗​ for all levels aaa.
  • Lemma 3(ii)–(iv): 1≤vˉd∗′≤φ1\le\bar v_{d^*}'\le\varphi1≤vˉd∗′​≤φ with boundary slopes; a↦vˉa(x)a\mapsto\bar v_a(x)a↦vˉa​(x) nonincreasing for a>d∗a>d^*a>d∗; vˉd∗\bar v_{d^*}vˉd∗​ concave.
  • Lemma 5: (Γvˉd∗−qvˉd∗)≤0(\Gamma\bar v_{d^*}-q\bar v_{d^*})\le0(Γvˉd∗​−qvˉd∗​)≤0 on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), with equality on (0,d∗)(0,d^*)(0,d∗).
  • Proposition 4(ii): any C2C^2C2 solution of the variational inequality (5.9) dominates vˉ∗\bar v_*vˉ∗​.

Significance

Theorem 3 answers the bail-out problem completely: for every initial capital and every spectrally negative Lévy surplus, the optimal policy is a double barrier with an explicit level and an explicit value in terms of scale functions. In the classical problem without injections (Theorem 2 of the same paper) the analogous conclusion needs an extra generator condition, and Azcue and Muler exhibited Cramér–Lundberg models where barrier policies are not optimal. The result is the basis of later work on dividends with capital injection, transaction costs and Parisian ruin.

The result has a published proof. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version. As far as is known, no part of the theory used — Lévy processes, scale functions, doubly reflected processes, the generator of a Lévy process, singular stochastic control — has been formalized in Lean's Mathlib.

Difficulty

The value function is a supremum over all adapted singular controls. Its upper bound requires a verification argument: Itô's formula for e−qtw(Vt)e^{-qt}w(V_t)e−qtw(Vt​) with a semimartingale VVV that has jumps, a controlled bounded-variation part and a possibly nonzero continuous martingale part, followed by localization and limits. A function that satisfies the variational inequality only in the viscosity sense is not enough, so the candidate vˉd∗\bar v_{d^*}vˉd∗​ must be shown to be regular enough and to satisfy Γvˉd∗−qvˉd∗≤0\Gamma\bar v_{d^*}-q\bar v_{d^*}\le0Γvˉd∗​−qvˉd∗​≤0 everywhere on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). Above the barrier this inequality does not follow from a martingale property: the paper derives it from concavity and a comparison with higher barriers, through the resolvent of the doubly reflected process. The lower bound requires the existence and value of the doubly reflected process, and computing that value needs fluctuation identities (two-sided exit, overshoot) that are themselves theorems about scale functions.

Formalization scope

Time is indexed by R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​. The process is a structure carrying the triplet (c,σ,ν)(c,\sigma,\nu)(c,σ,ν), the paths, adaptedness, independence of future increments from Fs\mathcal F_sFs​, stationarity, the Laplace-exponent identity, and the usual conditions on the filtration. PxP_xPx​ is the law of x+Xx+Xx+X. Policy values are computed as E[∫e−qtdL]−φE[∫e−qtdR]E[\int e^{-qt}dL]-\varphi E[\int e^{-qt}dR]E[∫e−qtdL]−φE[∫e−qtdR] in the extended reals from two [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued expectations, and the value function is a supremum in the extended reals; a policy with both expectations infinite gets −∞-\infty−∞. Stieltjes integrals include the jump at time 000. The scale function is a hypothesis IsScaleFunction (it is unique), and d∗d^*d∗ lives in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an empty defining set gives ∞\infty∞. The double-barrier strategy is characterized by the two-sided Skorokhod conditions plus mutual singularity of dLdLdL and dRdRdR, which pins the level-000 policy of bounded-variation processes. These conditions hold almost surely, and they are stated on the post-decision surplus Vt+=x+Xt−Lt++RtV_{t+}=x+X_t-L_{t+}+R_tVt+​=x+Xt​−Lt+​+Rt​: dLdLdL is carried by {Vt+=a}\{V_{t+}=a\}{Vt+​=a} and dRdRdR by {Vt+=0}\{V_{t+}=0\}{Vt+​=0}. This is the paper's "minimal amount" (p. 4) and matches its construction on pp. 10–11. The closure-of-support wording of (4.2) on its own would also admit non-minimal lump dividends. Admissibility, Vt≥0V_t\ge0Vt​≥0 for t>0t>0t>0 together with (2.3), is likewise required almost surely.

Printed slips corrected (milestone texts are verbatim):

  • Theorem 3 and Proposition 3(ii) print "ψ′(0+)<∞\psi'(0+)<\inftyψ′(0+)<∞", which always holds; the intended ψ′(0+)>−∞\psi'(0+)>-\inftyψ′(0+)>−∞ is used.
  • (3.3) prints ∫−10x ν(dx)=∞\int_{-1}^0x\,\nu(dx)=\infty∫−10​xν(dx)=∞ for ∫(−1,0)∣x∣ ν(dx)=∞\int_{(-1,0)}|x|\,\nu(dx)=\infty∫(−1,0)​∣x∣ν(dx)=∞.
  • (3.4) prints e−θxe^{-\theta x}e−θx in a dydydy-integral.
  • p. 20 prints the extension vˉd∗(x)+φx\bar v_{d^*}(x)+\varphi xvˉd∗​(x)+φx for vˉd∗(0)+φx\bar v_{d^*}(0)+\varphi xvˉd∗​(0)+φx.
  • Lemma 3(iv) is printed for every a>0a>0a>0 but proved and used only for a=d∗a=d^*a=d∗, and is stated for a=d∗a=d^*a=d∗.
  • Proposition 3(ii) at a=0a=0a=0 is stated only for bounded variation, where vˉ0\bar v_0vˉ0​ is defined.

The goal cannot be satisfied trivially. It asserts equality of the value function with vˉd∗\bar v_{d^*}vˉd∗​, not only an inequality. Existence of the optimal policy is part of the conclusion. Generator statements carry integrability of the jump integrand, so a non-integrable integrand cannot make them true with the junk value 000.

A complete development needs Lévy processes and their Laplace exponents, scale functions, first-passage and two-sided exit identities, reflected and doubly reflected processes, Itô's formula for semimartingales with jumps, and a verification theorem for singular control. All of these are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these foundations are welcome, as are proofs of the analytic milestones (Lemma 3, Proposition 3(ii)) from the scale-function properties.

Selected references

  • F. Avram, Z. Palmowski, M. R. Pistorius, On the optimal dividend problem for a spectrally negative Lévy process, Ann. Appl. Probab. 17 (2007) 156–180. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0702893
  • F. Avram, A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Exit problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes and applications to (Canadized) Russian options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14 (2004) 215–238. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828052
  • M. R. Pistorius, On doubly reflected completely asymmetric Lévy processes, Stochastic Process. Appl. 107 (2003) 131–143. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-4149(03)00065-9
  • J. M. Harrison, A. J. Taylor, Optimal control of a Brownian storage system, Stochastic Process. Appl. 6 (1978) 179–194. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4149(78)90059-5
  • A. E. Kyprianou, Introductory Lectures on Fluctuations of Lévy Processes with Applications, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-31343-4
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Supply Chain Theory of Factoring and Reverse Factoring 1: The Supplier's Equilibrium Choice Among Recourse, Non-Recourse and Reverse FactoringResearch Paper

Motivation

Small and medium-sized suppliers that sell to large retailers typically ship first and are paid weeks or months later. Until the invoice is paid, the supplier's cash is trapped in accounts receivable, while production has to be financed up front. Factoring (selling or pledging the receivable to a financial intermediary for immediate cash) and reverse factoring (a buyer-initiated program in which the retailer approves the invoice and the supplier is paid early by the retailer's bank) are the standard remedies, and reverse factoring programs of large buyers are often coupled with an extension of payment terms. Which of these instruments a supplier should use, and how the answer depends on the credit ratings of the two firms, is the question addressed by Kouvelis and Xu, "A Supply Chain Theory of Factoring and Reverse Factoring", Management Science 67(10):6071–6088, 2021 (doi:10.1287/mnsc.2020.3788). The paper embeds each financing scheme in the pull wholesale-price game of Cachon (2004) and compares the resulting equilibria.

Setting

A retailer (the Stackelberg leader) offers a wholesale price www to a capital-constrained supplier (the follower), who then chooses a production quantity q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 and carries the inventory; the retail price ppp is fixed, and 0<c<p0 < c < p0<c<p is the unit production cost. Demand D≥0D \ge 0D≥0 has density fff, complementary distribution function Fˉ\bar FFˉ, finite mean, f>0f > 0f>0 on [0,Z][0, \mathbb Z][0,Z] (Z≤+∞\mathbb Z \le +\inftyZ≤+∞), and a strictly increasing failure rate z=f/Fˉz = f/\bar Fz=f/Fˉ (strict IFR). Expected sales are S(q)=∫0qFˉ(ξ) dξS(q) = \int_0^q \bar F(\xi)\,d\xiS(q)=∫0q​Fˉ(ξ)dξ, and k(q)=S(q)/Fˉ(q)k(q) = S(q)/\bar F(q)k(q)=S(q)/Fˉ(q).

Each firm j∈{s,r}j \in \{s, r\}j∈{s,r} has a credit rating Cj∈(Cmin⁡,Cmax⁡)C_j \in (C_{\min}, C_{\max})Cj​∈(Cmin​,Cmax​). The default probability ρj=ρ(Cj)∈[0,1]\rho_j = \rho(C_j) \in [0,1]ρj​=ρ(Cj​)∈[0,1] is strictly decreasing in the rating, and the interest-rate premium ηj=η(Cj)>0\eta_j = \eta(C_j) > 0ηj​=η(Cj​)>0 is decreasing. Production takes a lead time t1t_1t1​, payment follows after a term t2t_2t2​, and the supplier faces a Poisson liquidity shock of rate λs\lambda_sλs​ during production (the retailer, rate λr\lambda_rλr​). Under a scheme i∈{F,N,R}i \in \{\mathcal F, \mathcal N, \mathcal R\}i∈{F,N,R} (recourse, non-recourse, reverse factoring, the last with a payment extension τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0), the supplier's expected profit is

πi(q;w)=(1−ρs)(Λie−λst1wS(q)−cqeηst1),\pi_i(q; w) = (1-\rho_s)\big(\Lambda_i e^{-\lambda_s t_1} w S(q) - c q e^{\eta_s t_1}\big),πi​(q;w)=(1−ρs​)(Λi​e−λs​t1​wS(q)−cqeηs​t1​),

with coefficients ΛF=(1−ρr)+(1−ρs)−eηst2\Lambda_{\mathcal F} = (1-\rho_r) + (1-\rho_s) - e^{\eta_s t_2}ΛF​=(1−ρr​)+(1−ρs​)−eηs​t2​, ΛN=e−ηrt2(1−ρr)\Lambda_{\mathcal N} = e^{-\eta_r t_2}(1-\rho_r)ΛN​=e−ηr​t2​(1−ρr​), ΛR=e−ηr(t2+τ)\Lambda_{\mathcal R} = e^{-\eta_r(t_2+\tau)}ΛR​=e−ηr​(t2​+τ), and effective unit cost ci=c e(ηs+λs)t1/Λic_i = c\,e^{(\eta_s+\lambda_s)t_1}/\Lambda_ici​=ce(ηs​+λs​)t1​/Λi​. The retailer's profit is e−λst1(1−ρr)(p−w)S(q)e^{-\lambda_s t_1}(1-\rho_r)(p-w)S(q)e−λs​t1​(1−ρr​)(p−w)S(q) under factoring and carries the extra factor 2−e−λrτ2 - e^{-\lambda_r \tau}2−e−λr​τ under reverse factoring.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

For a given τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0, let C3\mathbb C_3C3​ be the unique supplier rating with ΛF=ΛR\Lambda_{\mathcal F} = \Lambda_{\mathcal R}ΛF​=ΛR​, C1\mathbb C_1C1​ the one with ΛF=ΛN\Lambda_{\mathcal F} = \Lambda_{\mathcal N}ΛF​=ΛN​, and CF,CN,CR\mathbb C_{\mathcal F}, \mathbb C_{\mathcal N}, \mathbb C_{\mathcal R}CF​,CN​,CR​ the feasibility thresholds (ci=pc_i = pci​=p). With all three schemes available,

e−ηrτ<1−ρr:F adopted  ⟺  Cs>CF∨C1,N adopted  ⟺  CN<Cs≤C1;e^{-\eta_r\tau} < 1-\rho_r:\quad \mathcal F \text{ adopted} \iff C_s > \mathbb C_{\mathcal F}\vee\mathbb C_1,\qquad \mathcal N \text{ adopted} \iff \mathbb C_{\mathcal N} < C_s \le \mathbb C_1;e−ηr​τ<1−ρr​:F adopted⟺Cs​>CF​∨C1​,N adopted⟺CN​<Cs​≤C1​; 1−ρr≤e−ηrτ:F adopted  ⟺  Cs>CF∨C3,R adopted  ⟺  CR<Cs≤C3.1-\rho_r \le e^{-\eta_r\tau}:\quad \mathcal F \text{ adopted} \iff C_s > \mathbb C_{\mathcal F}\vee\mathbb C_3,\qquad \mathcal R \text{ adopted} \iff \mathbb C_{\mathcal R} < C_s \le \mathbb C_3.1−ρr​≤e−ηr​τ:F adopted⟺Cs​>CF​∨C3​,R adopted⟺CR​<Cs​≤C3​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2 (p. 6078): recourse factoring is feasible iff Cs>CFC_s > \mathbb C_{\mathcal F}Cs​>CF​, and then the unique equilibrium solves pFˉ(q)=cF[1+z(q)k(q)]p\bar F(q) = c_{\mathcal F}[1+z(q)k(q)]pFˉ(q)=cF​[1+z(q)k(q)], w=cF/Fˉ(q)w = c_{\mathcal F}/\bar F(q)w=cF​/Fˉ(q).
  2. Proposition 3 (p. 6079): the same for non-recourse factoring with cNc_{\mathcal N}cN​.
  3. §5.2 (p. 6082, Proposition EC.2): the same for reverse factoring with cR(τ)c_{\mathcal R}(\tau)cR​(τ).
  4. §4.4 (p. 6080, Lemma EC.2): between feasible schemes, the supplier's equilibrium profits are ordered as the Λi\Lambda_iΛi​.
  5. Proposition 4 (p. 6080): the choice between F\mathcal FF and N\mathcal NN alone.

A follow-on item states Corollary 1(i) (p. 6081): when the retailer's rating is at least the supplier's, non-recourse factoring strictly dominates recourse factoring whenever the latter is feasible.

Significance

Proposition 5 is the paper's main prediction: non-recourse factoring is the choice of medium-rated suppliers, recourse factoring of highly rated ones, and reverse factoring with a fixed payment extension is chosen only by low-to-medium-rated suppliers and only if the retailer's rating is not too high relative to the extension. The paper uses it to explain the documented reluctance of suppliers to join reverse-factoring programs that come with extended payment terms (Wuttke, Rosenzweig and Heese 2019; Corsten 2010, a teaching case), and it is the starting point of the paper's Proposition 6 on the retailer's optimal payment extension, which is the subject of the second mission of this series.

The results are proved in the paper's Online Appendix B. To the best of available knowledge none of them, and no model of supply chain finance, has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would also supply a reusable treatment of the pull wholesale-price game under a strictly IFR demand with an arbitrary effective unit cost, of which Propositions 2, 3 and EC.2 are three instances.

Difficulty

The case analysis of Proposition 5 is short once the milestones are available; the substance lies in them. Proposition 2 requires solving a bilevel problem: the follower's best response has to be identified for every wholesale price, including prices at which the supplier produces nothing, and the leader's objective has to be shown to have a single maximizer. The natural route through the first-order condition needs the IFR property to exclude multiple stationary points, and it has to cope with a support end Z\mathbb ZZ that may be finite (where Fˉ\bar FFˉ vanishes and kkk, zzz lose meaning) or infinite. Lemma EC.2 requires the equilibrium supplier profit as an explicit function of the effective cost and a monotonicity argument for it; comparing the Λi\Lambda_iΛi​ directly, without the equilibrium, does not prove it. The proofs themselves are not in the main text.

Formalization scope

Demand is a probability measure μ on ℝ with a density f, the support end Z : EReal, and the complementary distribution function Fbar μ x = μ((x, ∞)). The model data, the coefficients coef, the effective costs cF, cN, cR, the two profit functions, best responses, equilibria, feasibility and adoption are definitions; all theorems are for arbitrary data satisfying Params.Valid and DemandModel. Readings fixed by the formalization:

  • "Feasible": some wholesale price w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 with a supplier best response gives the retailer strictly positive profit. It is not defined as ci<pc_i < pci​<p, which is what Propositions 2 and 3 prove.
  • "Adopted" / "should be adopted": the scheme is feasible and its equilibrium supplier profit is best among the feasible available schemes, with ties resolved R≻N≻F\mathcal R \succ \mathcal N \succ \mathcal FR≻N≻F, the order forced by the paper's boundaries (Cs=C1C_s = \mathbb C_1Cs​=C1​, Cs=C3C_s = \mathbb C_3Cs​=C3​, Cr=C2C_r = \mathbb C_2Cr​=C2​). Profits are compared, not the Λi\Lambda_iΛi​.
  • "The unique value of CsC_sCs​ that satisfies …": a point of (Cmin⁡,Cmax⁡)(C_{\min}, C_{\max})(Cmin​,Cmax​) satisfying the equation and the only such point. The equation cF=pc_{\mathcal F} = pcF​=p is cross-multiplied, c e(ηs+λs)t1=pΛFc\,e^{(\eta_s+\lambda_s)t_1} = p\Lambda_{\mathcal F}ce(ηs​+λs​)t1​=pΛF​, since ΛF\Lambda_{\mathcal F}ΛF​ may be ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • "Cr>C2C_r > \mathbb C_2Cr​>C2​" is read through the paper's equivalence τ>−ηr−1ln⁡(1−ρr)\tau > -\eta_r^{-1}\ln(1-\rho_r)τ>−ηr−1​ln(1−ρr​), i.e. e−ηrτ<1−ρre^{-\eta_r\tau} < 1-\rho_re−ηr​τ<1−ρr​: the stated assumptions give no single crossing in CrC_rCr​.
  • "The unique equilibrium can be derived from …": the equilibrium exists and is unique, and it is exactly the solution of the system with q∈(0,Z)q \in (0, \mathbb Z)q∈(0,Z); this part is stated under feasibility.
  • "Increasing/decreasing" is weak unless stated (p. 6075); ρ\rhoρ is strictly decreasing, η\etaη weakly.
  • Continuity of fff is read on [0,Z][0,\mathbb Z][0,Z], and Z\mathbb ZZ as the upper end of the support.
  • Additions: wholesale prices are nonnegative; the retailer's reverse-factoring profit is the last line of the p. 6082 display (the middle line has a stray factor www).
  • Corollary 1(i): "higher credit rating" is read as Cr≥CsC_r \ge C_sCr​≥Cs​, "dominates" as a strictly larger equilibrium supplier profit whenever recourse is feasible.

A formalization in which feasibility or adoption is defined by the inequalities being proved (ci<pc_i < pci​<p, largest Λi\Lambda_iΛi​) makes the propositions trivial and is ruled out by the definitions above. The profit functions (7), (10) and the p. 6082 display are taken as the model; the derivation from bank and factor pricing (Eqs. (1), (5), (6), Lemma 1) is not formalized, and the unstated assumptions of Table EC.2 are not included. Contributions of reusable lemmas on SSS, kkk and zzz under strict IFR are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Kouvelis and F. Xu, A Supply Chain Theory of Factoring and Reverse Factoring, Management Science 67(10):6071–6088, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.3788
  • G. P. Cachon, The Allocation of Inventory Risk in a Supply Chain: Push, Pull, and Advance-Purchase Discount Contracts, Management Science 50(2):222–238, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0189
  • D. A. Wuttke, E. Rosenzweig, H. S. Heese, An Empirical Analysis of Supply Chain Finance Adoption, Journal of Operations Management 65(3):242–261, 2019.
  • P. Kouvelis and W. Zhao, Who Should Finance the Supply Chain? Impact of Credit Ratings on Supply Chain Decisions, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 20(1):19–35, 2018.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsNumber Theory·Captain: mysticflounder

Tao 2022: Almost All Collatz Orbits Attain Almost Bounded ValuesResearch Paper

Motivation

The Collatz map sends an even positive integer nnn to n/2n/2n/2 and an odd one to 3n+13n+13n+1. The Collatz conjecture asserts that every orbit of this map eventually reaches 111. It remains an open problem.

Because the conjecture is open, a large part of the literature proves weaker statements that hold for almost all starting values. These results bound how small an orbit gets, not whether it reaches 111. They are the strongest unconditional evidence for the conjecture. Terence Tao's 2022 theorem is the strongest result of this type: outside a set of logarithmic density zero, every orbit drops below any prescribed function that tends to infinity, however slowly (Tao 2022).

Timeline

Attributions follow the survey in Tao 2022, Section 1. Here Colmin⁡(N)\mathrm{Col}_{\min}(N)Colmin​(N) is the least value in the orbit of NNN.

  • 1976 to 1979, Terras and Everett. Colmin⁡(N)<N\mathrm{Col}_{\min}(N) < NColmin​(N)<N for almost all NNN, in natural density.
  • 1979, Allouche. Colmin⁡(N)<Nθ\mathrm{Col}_{\min}(N) < N^{\theta}Colmin​(N)<Nθ for almost all NNN, for every θ>0.869\theta > 0.869θ>0.869.
  • 1994, Korec. The same bound for every θ>log⁡3/log⁡4≈0.7924\theta > \log 3/\log 4 \approx 0.7924θ>log3/log4≈0.7924.
  • 2019 preprint, 2022 publication, Tao. The power NθN^{\theta}Nθ is replaced by any f(N)→∞f(N) \to \inftyf(N)→∞, in logarithmic density instead of natural density (Forum of Mathematics, Pi 10, e12).
  • 2026, ProofAtlas. A complete machine-checked proof of Tao's theorem in Lean 4 is published (formalization record).

Setting

Let collatzStep:N→N\mathrm{collatzStep} : \mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{N}collatzStep:N→N be

collatzStep(n)={n/2n even,3n+1n odd.\mathrm{collatzStep}(n) = \begin{cases} n/2 & n \text{ even},\\ 3n+1 & n \text{ odd}. \end{cases}collatzStep(n)={n/23n+1​n even,n odd.​

Write collatzStep[k]\mathrm{collatzStep}^{[k]}collatzStep[k] for the kkk-fold iterate, with collatzStep[0](n)=n\mathrm{collatzStep}^{[0]}(n) = ncollatzStep[0](n)=n. The orbit of nnn is the set of values collatzStep[k](n)\mathrm{collatzStep}^{[k]}(n)collatzStep[k](n) for k≥0k \ge 0k≥0. It includes nnn itself.

The Syracuse map acts on odd integers. It sends an odd nnn to the odd part of 3n+13n+13n+1, which is syracuseStep(n)=(3n+1)/2ν2(3n+1)\mathrm{syracuseStep}(n) = (3n+1)/2^{\nu_2(3n+1)}syracuseStep(n)=(3n+1)/2ν2​(3n+1). The Syracuse orbit minimum syracuseOrbitMin(n)\mathrm{syracuseOrbitMin}(n)syracuseOrbitMin(n) is the least value syracuseStep[k](n)\mathrm{syracuseStep}^{[k]}(n)syracuseStep[k](n) over k≥0k \ge 0k≥0.

For a set AAA of positive integers and a real cutoff x≥2x \ge 2x≥2, the logarithmic mass of AAA up to xxx is

weightedLogMassReal(x)=1log⁡x∑1≤n≤xn∈A1n.\mathrm{weightedLogMassReal}(x) = \frac{1}{\log x} \sum_{\substack{1 \le n \le x \\ n \in A}} \frac{1}{n}.weightedLogMassReal(x)=logx1​1≤n≤xn∈A​∑​n1​.

A set of positive integers has logarithmic density ddd when this quantity tends to ddd as x→∞x \to \inftyx→∞. Since ∑n≤x1/n=log⁡x+O(1)\sum_{n \le x} 1/n = \log x + O(1)∑n≤x​1/n=logx+O(1), all positive integers together have logarithmic density 111, and the odd positive integers have logarithmic density 1/21/21/2.

A function f:N→Rf : \mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{R}f:N→R tends to infinity on positive inputs when for every real MMM there is an NNN such that f(n)>Mf(n) > Mf(n)>M for all n≥Nn \ge Nn≥N with n>0n > 0n>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Tao's Theorem 1.3

For every fff that tends to infinity on positive inputs,

lim⁡x→∞1log⁡x∑1≤n≤x∃k, collatzStep[k](n)<f(n)1n=1.\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{1}{\log x} \sum_{\substack{1 \le n \le x \\ \exists k,\ \mathrm{collatzStep}^{[k]}(n) < f(n)}} \frac{1}{n} = 1.x→∞lim​logx1​1≤n≤x∃k, collatzStep[k](n)<f(n)​∑​n1​=1.

This is the Lean theorem collatz_almost_bounded_logarithmic. It fixes no rate and no constant, so later improvements do not invalidate it.

Syracuse form: Tao's Theorem 1.6

For every fff that tends to infinity on odd positive inputs, the odd nnn whose Syracuse orbit contains a value below f(n)f(n)f(n) have logarithmic density 1/21/21/2, which is all of the odd integers. This is syracuse_almost_bounded_logarithmic.

Quantitative form: Tao's Theorem 3.1

There are constants C,c>0C, c > 0C,c>0 such that for all real M≥2M \ge 2M≥2 and x≥2x \ge 2x≥2,

1log⁡x∑1≤n≤x, n oddsyracuseOrbitMin(n)>M1n≤C(log⁡M)c.\frac{1}{\log x} \sum_{\substack{1 \le n \le x,\ n \text{ odd} \\ \mathrm{syracuseOrbitMin}(n) > M}} \frac{1}{n} \le \frac{C}{(\log M)^{c}}.logx1​1≤n≤x, n oddsyracuseOrbitMin(n)>M​∑​n1​≤(logM)cC​.

This is syracuse_uniform_logarithmic_tail_bound. The three targets are listed from weakest to strongest. In Tao's paper, the goal and Theorem 1.6 both follow from Theorem 3.1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.3 improves the earlier almost-all bounds on Collatz orbit minima from a power of NNN to any function that tends to infinity. For example, Colmin⁡(N)<log⁡log⁡log⁡log⁡N\mathrm{Col}_{\min}(N) < \log\log\log\log NColmin​(N)<loglogloglogN for almost all NNN. The theorem does not settle the conjecture. A single divergent orbit or nontrivial cycle is not excluded, because its predecessors form a set with bounded orbit minima.

The formalization. The theorem is proved, and a complete formalization already exists. The ProofAtlas record Tao's Almost-Bounded Collatz Orbits proves the statement taoAlmostBoundedColMin_checked with the same step map and an orbit that includes its starting value. That package has 397 first-party Lean files and about 124,000 source lines. ProofAtlas records a passing build with no sorry and the axiom profile propext, Classical.choice, Quot.sound. The source is released under the Apache-2.0 licence at commit d53c8de00056fb05999e44589f2399d7efa026e4, with copyright held by Advameg, Inc. It was built with Lean v4.30.0-rc2.

The remaining work for this mission is therefore a port, not new mathematics. The existing Lean development must be moved to Lean v4.33.1 and Mathlib 0df444a, and then connected to the goal statement above.

Difficulty

The mathematical difficulty is already resolved in the existing proof. The classical first-descent argument shows that a typical orbit drops below its starting value. Repeating that argument fails, because after one descent the new value is no longer distributed like a random integer of its size, and the error compounds at each repetition. That is why earlier results stop at a power bound NθN^{\theta}Nθ.

The difficulty of this mission is engineering. The port moves a development of about 124,000 lines forward across three minor Lean releases and the corresponding Mathlib changes. Lemma renames, deprecations, and changes in tactic behaviour must be repaired file by file without changing any statement.

Formalization scope

  • Step map. collatzStep n = if Even n then n / 2 else 3 * n + 1, so collatzStep(0)=0\mathrm{collatzStep}(0) = 0collatzStep(0)=0. This is the same definition as in the ProofAtlas source.
  • Orbit. The witness kkk ranges over all natural numbers, including k=0k = 0k=0.
  • Density. The goal uses weightedLogMassReal: a real cutoff xxx, the natural indices 0≤n≤⌊x⌋0 \le n \le \lfloor x \rfloor0≤n≤⌊x⌋, weights 1/n1/n1/n, and normalization by log⁡x\log xlogx. The ProofAtlas statement instead uses integer cutoffs and normalization by the harmonic sum ∑n≤N1/n\sum_{n \le N} 1/n∑n≤N​1/n. A short bridge between the two normalizations is part of the required work.
  • Threshold. The hypothesis on fff constrains only positive inputs. The value f(0)f(0)f(0) is irrelevant.
  • Non-triviality. The case k=0k = 0k=0 alone covers only inputs with n<f(n)n < f(n)n<f(n). For slowly growing fff this set is finite, so the goal is not satisfied by the starting value.

The goal is already reduced, through accepted proofs, to the single open statement syracuse_uniform_logarithmic_tail_bound. Two routes therefore close the mission. The first is to port the ProofAtlas development and prove the goal directly through the density bridge. The second is to prove Theorem 3.1 in its stated form. Contributions welcome include ported modules as reusable solutions, the density bridge, and a proof of Theorem 3.1. Every ported file must keep the Apache-2.0 notice and attribution to the ProofAtlas source.

Selected references

  • Terence Tao, Almost all orbits of the Collatz map attain almost bounded values, Forum of Mathematics, Pi 10 (2022), e12. https://doi.org/10.1017/fmp.2022.8 and https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.03562
  • ProofAtlas, Tao's Almost-Bounded Collatz Orbits, Lean 4 formalization, source commit d53c8de00056fb05999e44589f2399d7efa026e4, Apache-2.0, 2026. https://proofatlas.ai/formalizations/tao-almost-bounded-orbits/
  • Jeffrey C. Lagarias (editor), The Ultimate Challenge: The 3x+1 Problem, American Mathematical Society, 2010. https://bookstore.ams.org/MBK/78
3 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations I: Almost Sure Asymptotic StabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many engineered systems switch between a finite number of operating modes at random times: a power grid after a line failure, a networked controller whose links drop, a manufacturing plant whose machines break down and are repaired. A standard model for such systems is a hybrid stochastic differential equation, also called an SDE with Markovian switching: the state follows an Itô equation whose coefficients depend on a mode that evolves as a continuous-time Markov chain. The monograph of Mao and Yuan (Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, 2006) develops the stability theory of these equations.

A controller that stabilizes such a system usually needs the current state. In practice the state is sampled: it is observed at times 0,τ,2τ,…0,\tau,2\tau,\dots0,τ,2τ,… and the control is held between observations. Mao (Automatica 49, 2013) showed that, under a global Lipschitz condition on the drift and diffusion, a feedback control based on discrete-time observations stabilizes a hybrid SDE in the sense of mean-square exponential stability when τ\tauτ is small enough. You, Liu, Lu, Mao and Qiu (SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 2015) replaced that condition by local Lipschitz continuity plus linear growth, gave an explicit bound (3.5) on the admissible observation interval τ\tauτ, and proved H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability, mean-square asymptotic stability, almost sure asymptotic stability and exponential stability of the controlled system. This mission formalizes the almost sure asymptotic stability result, Theorem 3.4, and the results it is built on.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,{Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,{Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a probability space with a filtration satisfying the usual conditions (increasing, right-continuous, F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains the null sets). On it live an mmm-dimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion www and a right-continuous {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain rrr on S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N} with generator Γ=(γij)\Gamma=(\gamma_{ij})Γ=(γij​) (γij≥0\gamma_{ij}\ge0γij​≥0 for i≠ji\ne ji=j, zero row sums), independent of www. Fix τ>0\tau>0τ>0 and the sampling time δt=[t/τ]τ\delta_t=[t/\tau]\tauδt​=[t/τ]τ, the last observation time up to ttt. The controlled system is

dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t) dw(t),x(0)=x0, r(0)=r0,(2.1)dx(t)=\big(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(\delta_t),r(t),t)\big)dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)\,dw(t),\qquad x(0)=x_0,\ r(0)=r_0,\tag{2.1}dx(t)=(f(x(t),r(t),t)+u(x(δt​),r(t),t))dt+g(x(t),r(t),t)dw(t),x(0)=x0​, r(0)=r0​,(2.1)

with f,u:Rn×S×R+→Rnf,u:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^nf,u:Rn×S×R+​→Rn and g:Rn×S×R+→Rn×mg:\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}g:Rn×S×R+​→Rn×m. The feedback uuu sees the state only at the observation times.

The hypotheses are:

  • Assumption 2.1: f,gf,gf,g locally Lipschitz in xxx, and ∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1∣x∣|f(x,i,t)|\le K_1|x|∣f(x,i,t)∣≤K1​∣x∣, ∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2∣x∣|g(x,i,t)|\le K_2|x|∣g(x,i,t)∣≤K2​∣x∣ (∣g∣|g|∣g∣ the trace norm).
  • Assumption 2.2: ∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3∣x−y∣|u(x,i,t)-u(y,i,t)|\le K_3|x-y|∣u(x,i,t)−u(y,i,t)∣≤K3​∣x−y∣ and u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0u(0,i,t)=0.
  • Assumption 3.1: there are U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+;R+)U\in C^{2,1}(\mathbb R^n\times S\times\mathbb R_+;\mathbb R_+)U∈C2,1(Rn×S×R+​;R+​) and λ1,λ2>0\lambda_1,\lambda_2>0λ1​,λ2​>0 with LU(x,i,t)+λ1∣Ux(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2∣x∣2\mathcal LU(x,i,t)+\lambda_1|U_x(x,i,t)|^2\le-\lambda_2|x|^2LU(x,i,t)+λ1​∣Ux​(x,i,t)∣2≤−λ2​∣x∣2, where
LU=Ut+Ux[f+u]+12trace⁡[gTUxxg]+∑jγijU(x,j,t).\mathcal LU=U_t+U_x[f+u]+\tfrac12\operatorname{trace}[g^TU_{xx}g]+\sum_j\gamma_{ij}U(x,j,t).LU=Ut​+Ux​[f+u]+21​trace[gTUxx​g]+j∑​γij​U(x,j,t).
  • Condition (3.5): λ2>τK32λ1[2τ(K12+2K32)+K22]\lambda_2>\frac{\tau K_3^2}{\lambda_1}\big[2\tau(K_1^2+2K_3^2)+K_2^2\big]λ2​>λ1​τK32​​[2τ(K12​+2K32​)+K22​] and τ≤14K3\tau\le\frac1{4K_3}τ≤4K3​1​.

In Lean these are Assumption21, Assumption22, C21, LU, Assumption31, Condition35, in the namespace You2015.Asymp; the basis is HybridSetup, the Itô integral IsItoIntegral, the sampling time delta, and solutions SolvesSampledHybridSDE, in the namespace You2015.Shared shared with the companion mission.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (almost sure asymptotic stability)

Under the hypotheses above, every solution of (2.1) satisfies

lim⁡t→∞x(t)=0a.s.\lim_{t\to\infty}x(t)=0\quad\text{a.s.}t→∞lim​x(t)=0a.s.

for all x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn and r0∈Sr_0\in Sr0​∈S. No rate is claimed; the statement is the qualitative convergence of almost every path.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (3.15) E∣x(t)−x(δt)∣2≤2E∫δtt[τ∣f+u(x(δs),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds\mathbb E|x(t)-x(\delta_t)|^2\le2\mathbb E\int_{\delta_t}^t[\tau|f+u(x(\delta_s),\cdot)|^2+|g|^2]dsE∣x(t)−x(δt​)∣2≤2E∫δt​t​[τ∣f+u(x(δs​),⋅)∣2+∣g∣2]ds.
  2. Theorem 3.2 (H∞H_\inftyH∞​-stability): ∫0∞E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞\int_0^\infty\mathbb E|x(s)|^2ds<\infty∫0∞​E∣x(s)∣2ds<∞.
  3. (3.21) E∣x(s)−x(δs)∣2≤3(τK12+K22)1−6τ2K32∫δssE∣x(z)∣2dz+6τ2K321−6τ2K32E∣x(s)∣2\mathbb E|x(s)-x(\delta_s)|^2\le\frac{3(\tau K_1^2+K_2^2)}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\int_{\delta_s}^s\mathbb E|x(z)|^2dz+\frac{6\tau^2K_3^2}{1-6\tau^2K_3^2}\mathbb E|x(s)|^2E∣x(s)−x(δs​)∣2≤1−6τ2K32​3(τK12​+K22​)​∫δs​s​E∣x(z)∣2dz+1−6τ2K32​6τ2K32​​E∣x(s)∣2.
  4. (3.23) sup⁡t≥0E∣x(t)∣2<∞\sup_{t\ge0}\mathbb E|x(t)|^2<\inftysupt≥0​E∣x(t)∣2<∞.
  5. ∣E∣x(t2)∣2−E∣x(t1)∣2∣≤C(t2−t1)|\mathbb E|x(t_2)|^2-\mathbb E|x(t_1)|^2|\le C(t_2-t_1)∣E∣x(t2​)∣2−E∣x(t1​)∣2∣≤C(t2​−t1​).
  6. Theorem 3.3: lim⁡t→∞E∣x(t)∣2=0\lim_{t\to\infty}\mathbb E|x(t)|^2=0limt→∞​E∣x(t)∣2=0.
  7. (3.24)–(3.25): E∫0∞∣x(t)∣2dt<∞\mathbb E\int_0^\infty|x(t)|^2dt<\inftyE∫0∞​∣x(t)∣2dt<∞ and lim inf⁡t→∞∣x(t)∣=0\liminf_{t\to\infty}|x(t)|=0liminft→∞​∣x(t)∣=0 a.s.
  8. (3.28): P(∃t:∣x(t)∣≥h)≤C/h2\mathbb P(\exists t:|x(t)|\ge h)\le C/h^2P(∃t:∣x(t)∣≥h)≤C/h2 for h>∣x0∣h>|x_0|h>∣x0​∣.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.4 says that a controller sampling the state at rate 1/τ1/\tau1/τ makes almost every trajectory of the switching system converge to the equilibrium, with an explicit, checkable bound (3.5) on τ\tauτ. Mean-square convergence (Theorem 3.3) does not imply almost sure convergence in general, and a single trajectory is what an operator observes, so the pathwise statement is the one relevant to a deployed system. Condition (3.5) is stated in terms of the constants of Assumptions 2.1, 2.2 and 3.1, so for a concrete system (Section 6 of the paper) it gives a numerical bound on the observation interval.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. Mathlib has real Brownian motion but no Itô integral, no stochastic differential equations and no continuous-time Markov chains. The mission therefore also produces a reusable definition layer: a filtration under the usual conditions, a multidimensional {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion, an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with a given generator, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral of vector-valued integrands, and the solution notion of an SDE with Markovian switching and a sampled-state delay. A related but different layer exists on Prove2Me for Ethier–Kurtz (EthierKurtz_IsStandardBrownian, EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, EthierKurtz_SolvesBrownianSDE); it has no mode switching and no sampled state, so it cannot express (2.1).

Difficulty

Equation (2.1) is a stochastic differential delay equation with the delay t−δtt-\delta_tt−δt​, which is bounded but jumps at every observation time and has derivative 111 in between. The stability theorems for hybrid delay equations in the literature require a differentiable delay with derivative less than one (Mao–Yuan, p. 285), so they do not apply. Applying LU\mathcal LULU directly to U(x(t),r(t),t)U(x(t),r(t),t)U(x(t),r(t),t) leaves the term Ux[u(x(t))−u(x(δt))]U_x[u(x(t))-u(x(\delta_t))]Ux​[u(x(t))−u(x(δt​))], which has no sign and depends on the path over a whole observation interval, so a Lyapunov function of the current state alone does not close the argument.

For the goal, the natural first idea, deducing almost sure convergence from E∣x(t)∣2→0\mathbb E|x(t)|^2\to0E∣x(t)∣2→0 or from ∫0∞∣x(t)∣2dt<∞\int_0^\infty|x(t)|^2dt<\infty∫0∞​∣x(t)∣2dt<∞ a.s., fails: both are compatible with paths that make ever shorter excursions away from 000. The obstacle is to exclude infinitely many excursions of a fixed size, which neither moment statement controls.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ is the Euclidean norm; the explicit constants in (3.5) and (3.21) depend on it. The diffusion ggg is given by its mmm columns and ∣g∣2=∑k∣gk∣2|g|^2=\sum_k|g_k|^2∣g∣2=∑k​∣gk​∣2 (trace norm). Modes are Fin N (0-based). Time is ℝ≥0; time integrals are over subsets of R\mathbb RR at s.toNNReal.
  • Every expectation E∣⋅∣2\mathbb E|\cdot|^2E∣⋅∣2 and every time integral of a nonnegative quantity is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable process cannot produce a junk value 000.
  • "The solution of (2.1)" is read as every process satisfying the solution definition: progressively measurable, almost surely continuous paths, E∣x(t)∣2<∞\mathbb E|x(t)|^2<\inftyE∣x(t)∣2<∞ for each ttt, and for each ttt, almost surely, the integral equation with Itô integrals in the L2L^2L2 sense. Existence and uniqueness (cited from Mao–Yuan on p. 908) are not asserted.
  • "An mmm-dimensional Brownian motion" and "a Markov chain with generator Γ\GammaΓ" are read in the Mao–Yuan framework the paper cites: an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Brownian motion with independent coordinates and increments independent of the past, and an {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​}-Markov chain with transition matrix etΓe^{t\Gamma}etΓ. The usual conditions are kept as hypotheses.
  • "Locally Lipschitz" is uniform in the mode and time on each ball. C2,1C^{2,1}C2,1 carries its derivatives Ut,Ux,UxxU_t,U_x,U_{xx}Ut​,Ux​,Uxx​ as witnesses tied to UUU by derivative relations and joint continuity.
  • "τ>0\tau>0τ>0 sufficiently small for (3.5)" means every τ>0\tau>0τ>0 satisfying both inequalities of (3.5). U,λ1,λ2,τU,\lambda_1,\lambda_2,\tauU,λ1​,λ2​,τ are data of each statement. The paper's "CCC denotes a positive constant" is an existential chosen after x0x_0x0​, r0r_0r0​ and the solution, and before the time variables and hhh.
  • (3.15) and (3.21) are stated under fewer hypotheses than the surrounding proof has (Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, τ>0\tau>0τ>0, and for (3.21) τ≤1/(4K3)\tau\le1/(4K_3)τ≤1/(4K3​)), because their derivations use no more. Misprints on the page (for example g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0)g(x,i,s)=f(x,i,0) on p. 909 and the swapped definitions of ∨,∧\vee,\wedge∨,∧ on p. 907) are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the expectations are not Bochner integrals (which vanish for non-integrable integrands), the solution notion admits the true solution and requires path continuity, the derivative witnesses of UUU are tied to UUU, and a sorry-free check shows that the data hypotheses (Assumptions 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, C2,1C^{2,1}C2,1, (3.5)) are satisfiable, for example by n=m=N=1n=m=N=1n=m=N=1, f=g=0f=g=0f=g=0, u(x)=−xu(x)=-xu(x)=−x, U=∣x∣2U=|x|^2U=∣x∣2, λ1=1/4\lambda_1=1/4λ1​=1/4, λ2=1\lambda_2=1λ2​=1, τ=1/10\tau=1/10τ=1/10.

Welcome contributions: the Itô isometry and Itô's formula for the L2L^2L2 integral defined here, a generalized Itô formula for functions of a Markov-modulated Itô process, and Doob's maximal inequality in continuous time. These are reusable far beyond this mission. Section 4 of the paper (exponential stability) is a separate mission of the same series.

Selected references

  • S. You, W. Liu, J. Lu, X. Mao, Q. Qiu, Stabilization of Hybrid Systems by Feedback Control Based on Discrete-Time State Observations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 53(2), 905–925, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140985779
  • X. Mao, C. Yuan, Stochastic Differential Equations with Markovian Switching, Imperial College Press, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1142/p473
  • X. Mao, Stabilization of continuous-time hybrid stochastic differential equations by discrete-time feedback control, Automatica 49(12), 3677–3681, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.automatica.2013.09.005
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A General Stochastic Maximum Principle for Optimal Control Problems: The Maximum Principle with First- and Second-Order Adjoint ProcessesResearch Paper

Motivation

Pontryagin's maximum principle gives necessary conditions for optimality in deterministic optimal control: along an optimal trajectory, the optimal control maximizes (or minimizes) a Hamiltonian built from an adjoint process. For a system driven by Brownian noise the analogous statement was open in full generality for two decades. The difficulty appears exactly when the diffusion coefficient depends on the control and the control domain is not convex, the situation of controlled volatility in finance, of controlled noise intensity in engineering, and of any problem whose admissible actions form a discrete or otherwise nonconvex set.

Shige Peng's 1990 paper (SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4)) closed that case. It introduced the second-order adjoint process and a second-order variational inequality, and it is the starting point of the modern theory of stochastic Hamiltonian systems and of backward stochastic differential equations as a tool in control.

Timeline.

  • 1972: Kushner obtains necessary conditions for diffusions whose diffusion coefficient does not depend on the control (SIAM J. Control 10).
  • 1973–1978: Bismut introduces the adjoint equation as a linear backward stochastic differential equation and develops duality methods (SIAM Review 20).
  • Early 1980s: Bensoussan and Haussmann prove maximum principles for convex control domains or control-independent diffusion, using the first-order adjoint equation only.
  • 1990: Peng proves the general principle, with control-dependent diffusion and an arbitrary nonempty control domain (this mission). In the same year Pardoux and Peng prove existence and uniqueness for nonlinear backward SDEs (Systems Control Lett. 14).
  • 1999: Yong and Zhou give a textbook account of the theory (Springer).

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space carrying a standard ddd-dimensional Wiener process B=(B1,…,Bd)B=(B^1,\dots,B^d)B=(B1,…,Bd), and let Ft=σ{B(s);0≤s≤t}\mathcal F^t=\sigma\{B(s);0\le s\le t\}Ft=σ{B(s);0≤s≤t} be its natural filtration. Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, an initial state x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn and a nonempty control domain U⊆RkU\subseteq\mathbb R^kU⊆Rk. The data are

g:Rn×Rk→Rn,σ=(σ1,…,σd), σj:Rn×Rk→Rn,l:Rn×Rk→R,h:Rn→R.g:\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^k\to\mathbb R^n,\quad \sigma=(\sigma^1,\dots,\sigma^d),\ \sigma^j:\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^k\to\mathbb R^n,\quad l:\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^k\to\mathbb R,\quad h:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R .g:Rn×Rk→Rn,σ=(σ1,…,σd), σj:Rn×Rk→Rn,l:Rn×Rk→R,h:Rn→R.

An admissible control vvv is a progressively measurable UUU-valued process with sup⁡t≤TE∣v(t)∣m<∞\sup_{t\le T}E|v(t)|^m<\inftysupt≤T​E∣v(t)∣m<∞ for every m≥1m\ge1m≥1. Its trajectory solves the state equation

dx(t)=g(x(t),v(t)) dt+∑j=1dσj(x(t),v(t)) dBj(t),x(0)=x0,dx(t)=g(x(t),v(t))\,dt+\sum_{j=1}^d\sigma^j(x(t),v(t))\,dB^j(t),\qquad x(0)=x_0,dx(t)=g(x(t),v(t))dt+j=1∑d​σj(x(t),v(t))dBj(t),x(0)=x0​,

and its cost is J(v)=E∫0Tl(x(t),v(t)) dt+E h(x(T))J(v)=E\int_0^Tl(x(t),v(t))\,dt+E\,h(x(T))J(v)=E∫0T​l(x(t),v(t))dt+Eh(x(T)). A pair (y,u)(y,u)(y,u) is optimal when J(u)≤J(v)J(u)\le J(v)J(u)≤J(v) for every admissible vvv.

Assumption (3): g,σ,l,hg,\sigma,l,hg,σ,l,h are C2C^2C2 in xxx, jointly continuous in (x,v)(x,v)(x,v) together with their first and second xxx-derivatives; gx,gxx,σx,σxx,lxx,hxxg_x,g_{xx},\sigma_x,\sigma_{xx},l_{xx},h_{xx}gx​,gxx​,σx​,σxx​,lxx​,hxx​ are bounded; and g,σ,lx,hxg,\sigma,l_x,h_xg,σ,lx​,hx​ grow at most like C(1+∣x∣+∣v∣)C(1+|x|+|v|)C(1+∣x∣+∣v∣).

The Hamiltonian is H(x,v,p,K)=l(x,v)+(p,g(x,v))+∑j(Kj,σj(x,v))H(x,v,p,K)=l(x,v)+(p,g(x,v))+\sum_j(K_j,\sigma^j(x,v))H(x,v,p,K)=l(x,v)+(p,g(x,v))+∑j​(Kj​,σj(x,v)). The first-order adjoint process (p,K)(p,K)(p,K) solves the backward equation

−dp=[gx∗p+∑jσxj∗Kj+lx]dt−∑jKj dBj,p(T)=hx(y(T)),-dp=\Big[g_x^*p+\sum_j\sigma_x^{j*}K_j+l_x\Big]dt-\sum_jK_j\,dB^j,\qquad p(T)=h_x(y(T)),−dp=[gx∗​p+j∑​σxj∗​Kj​+lx​]dt−j∑​Kj​dBj,p(T)=hx​(y(T)),

and the second-order adjoint process (P,Q)(P,Q)(P,Q), symmetric-matrix valued, solves

−dP=[gx∗P+Pgx+∑jσxj∗Pσxj+∑jσxj∗Qj+∑jQjσxj+Hxx]dt−∑jQj dBj,P(T)=hxx(y(T)),-dP=\Big[g_x^*P+Pg_x+\sum_j\sigma_x^{j*}P\sigma_x^j+\sum_j\sigma_x^{j*}Q_j+\sum_jQ_j\sigma_x^j+H_{xx}\Big]dt-\sum_jQ_j\,dB^j,\qquad P(T)=h_{xx}(y(T)),−dP=[gx∗​P+Pgx​+j∑​σxj∗​Pσxj​+j∑​σxj∗​Qj​+j∑​Qj​σxj​+Hxx​]dt−j∑​Qj​dBj,P(T)=hxx​(y(T)),

with all coefficients evaluated along (y(t),u(t))(y(t),u(t))(y(t),u(t)) and both solutions adapted to Ft\mathcal F^tFt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 975)

If (y,u)(y,u)(y,u) is optimal, then adjoint processes (p,K)(p,K)(p,K) and (P,Q)(P,Q)(P,Q) exist in LF2L^2_{\mathcal F}LF2​, solving the two equations above, such that for every v∈Uv\in Uv∈U, for almost every τ∈[0,T]\tau\in[0,T]τ∈[0,T], almost surely,

H(y,v,p,K−Pσ(y,u))+12tr⁡(σσ∗(y,v)P) ≥ H(y,u,p,K−Pσ(y,u))+12tr⁡(σσ∗(y,u)P),H\big(y,v,p,K-P\sigma(y,u)\big)+\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}\big(\sigma\sigma^*(y,v)P\big)\ \ge\ H\big(y,u,p,K-P\sigma(y,u)\big)+\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}\big(\sigma\sigma^*(y,u)P\big),H(y,v,p,K−Pσ(y,u))+21​tr(σσ∗(y,v)P) ≥ H(y,u,p,K−Pσ(y,u))+21​tr(σσ∗(y,u)P),

all evaluated at time τ\tauτ.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: the spike-perturbed state equals y+y1+y2y+y_1+y_2y+y1​+y2​ up to o(ε2)o(\varepsilon^2)o(ε2) in mean square, where y1,y2y_1,y_2y1​,y2​ solve the first- and second-order variational equations (5), (6).
  2. Lemma 2: the cost expansion (11) is ≥o(ε)\ge o(\varepsilon)≥o(ε) at an optimal control.
  3. Eq. (13): existence and uniqueness of (p,K)(p,K)(p,K) as a Riesz representer.
  4. Eq. (14): the cost expansion in Hamiltonian form is ≥o(ε)\ge o(\varepsilon)≥o(ε).
  5. Eq. (17): existence and uniqueness of (P,Q)(P,Q)(P,Q) as a Riesz representer.
  6. Eq. (18): the variational inequality for these representers.
  7. Eq. (19): (p,K)(p,K)(p,K) is the unique solution of the first-order adjoint equation.
  8. Eq. (20): (P,Q)(P,Q)(P,Q) solves the second-order adjoint equation.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 is the necessary condition for optimal control of diffusions in its general form. When σ\sigmaσ does not depend on the control the trace terms cancel and it reduces to the classical first-order principle. When the control enters the diffusion, the first-order condition is false in general, and the second-order adjoint PPP is the correction. The theorem underlies stochastic linear-quadratic theory, the verification of optimal portfolio and volatility-control policies, and the relation between the maximum principle and the Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation.

Formalizing it. The theorem is classical and proved; none of it is machine-checked. Mathlib has real Brownian motion but no stochastic integral, no SDE and no backward SDE. This mission produces the first formal statements on the platform of a controlled SDE, of a backward SDE and of the maximum principle, together with a precise definition layer (Itô integral, Itô process, BSDE solution) that later missions can reuse, e.g. for Peng's endpoint-constrained principle (§6 of the paper) or for the existence theory of BSDEs. A formal proof would also pin down the approximation arguments the paper leaves to the reader.

Difficulty

The obvious route perturbs the optimal control convexly, u+ε(v−u)u+\varepsilon(v-u)u+ε(v−u), and differentiates the cost. That needs UUU convex. For nonconvex UUU one uses a spike variation on a time interval of length ε\varepsilonε. For deterministic systems the state then moves by O(ε)O(\varepsilon)O(ε) and a first-order expansion suffices. With control-dependent diffusion the stochastic integral over the spike interval moves the state by order ε\sqrt\varepsilonε​ in L2L^2L2, so the first-order variational equation leaves an error of the same order as the effect being measured. Second-order terms in the state enter the cost at order ε\varepsilonε, and they are quadratic, so they cannot be handled by a single linear adjoint. The second-order expansion, the matrix-valued adjoint that represents the quadratic term, and the identification of both adjoints with backward SDEs are where the work lies. On the formal side, none of the stochastic calculus exists in Mathlib: the Itô isometry, Itô's formula for matrix-valued processes, moment estimates for linear SDEs and the martingale representation behind the backward equations all have to be built.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • States, controls and noise are Fin n → ℝ, Fin k → ℝ, Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm; matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ. Time is ℝ≥0, and time integrals are over [0, t] ⊂ ℝ.
  • The Wiener process is Rd\mathbb R^dRd-valued: the paper's "RnR^nRn-valued standard Wiener process" (p. 967) is a misprint, since σ(x,v)∈L(Rd,Rn)\sigma(x,v)\in\mathcal L(R^d,R^n)σ(x,v)∈L(Rd,Rn). Coordinates are independent real Brownian motions (Mathlib's IsBrownianReal).
  • The filtration is the natural filtration of BBB, not completed, as on p. 967.
  • "Adapted", for processes integrated in dtdtdt, is read as progressively measurable.
  • The Itô integral is a relation (an L2L^2L2 limit of elementary integrals, as in Ikeda–Watanabe), not an operator. SDE and BSDE solutions hold "for every ttt, almost surely", with sup⁡tE∣x(t)∣2<∞\sup_tE|x(t)|^2<\inftysupt​E∣x(t)∣2<∞ for forward solutions and LF2L^2_{\mathcal F}LF2​ membership for backward ones.
  • Optimality is among admissible controls of finite cost, and the optimal cost is finite; the paper never states finiteness, and a cost can be +∞+\infty+∞ under (3).
  • Lemma 1 is stated with o(ε2)o(\varepsilon^2)o(ε2) where the page prints "≤Cε2\le C\varepsilon^2≤Cε2" in (4). The proof (via (10)) establishes o(ε2)o(\varepsilon^2)o(ε2), and Lemma 2 needs it. Lemma 1, (13), (17), (19) and (20) are stated for any admissible pair, since their proofs do not use optimality.
  • "≥o(ε)\ge o(\varepsilon)≥o(ε)" means: some r(ε)=o(ε)r(\varepsilon)=o(\varepsilon)r(ε)=o(ε) as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+ bounds the left side from below for small ε\varepsilonε. "∀v∈U\forall v\in U∀v∈U, a.e., a.s." quantifies vvv first, then τ\tauτ, then ω\omegaω.
  • PPP and QjQ_jQj​ are symmetric-valued (Rn,nR^{n,n}Rn,n is the space of symmetric matrices, p. 973). Stochastic integrals against the matrix σ\sigmaσ or QQQ are sums over the columns, ∑j(⋅)j dBj\sum_j(\cdot)_j\,dB^j∑j​(⋅)j​dBj.

Trivializing formalizations ruled out. Without adaptedness the backward equations have pathwise solutions with K=0K=0K=0 and the goal would be free; every adjoint and every solution is required to be progressive for the natural filtration of BBB. The hypotheses are satisfiable: a sorry-free check shows that the zero problem has an optimal pair and that the Itô relation holds for the zero integrand.

Infrastructure needed, and reusable. The Itô integral and isometry, Itô's formula (vector and matrix forms), existence, uniqueness and moment estimates for linear SDEs with bounded coefficients, Riesz representation in LF2L^2_{\mathcal F}LF2​, and existence and uniqueness for linear BSDEs (via martingale representation for the Brownian filtration). All of these are reusable well beyond this mission; contributions of any of them, as separate theorems, are welcome. Related platform definitions: the Ethier–Kurtz series (EthierKurtz_HasBrownianItoIntegral, EthierKurtz_SolvesBrownianSDE) formalizes an Itô integral by dyadic step approximation and uncontrolled SDEs over a completed filtration. The deterministic Pontryagin principle appears in Vector Space Methods XII and Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control III.

Selected references

  • S. Peng, A General Stochastic Maximum Principle for Optimal Control Problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4), 966–979, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
  • H. J. Kushner, Necessary Conditions for Continuous Parameter Stochastic Optimization Problems, SIAM J. Control 10(3), 550–565, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1137/0310041
  • J.-M. Bismut, An Introductory Approach to Duality in Optimal Stochastic Control, SIAM Review 20(1), 62–78, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1137/1020004
  • E. Pardoux and S. Peng, Adapted Solution of a Backward Stochastic Differential Equation, Systems & Control Letters 14(1), 55–61, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6
  • J. Yong and X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic Controls: Hamiltonian Systems and HJB Equations, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1466-3
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Network Revenue Management Using Thompson Sampling: Bayesian Regret of TS-fixedResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer who sells several products from shared, non-replenishable inventory over a finite season must set prices without knowing how demand responds to them. Every price posted is both a sale and an experiment. This is the network revenue management problem with demand learning, and it sits between two literatures: dynamic pricing with inventory, where demand is known and the fluid linear program of Gallego and van Ryzin (1997) is the standard benchmark, and multi-armed bandits, where learning is the whole problem but there are no resource constraints.

Ferreira, Simchi-Levi and Wang (Oper. Res. 2018) combine Thompson sampling with a linear-programming step: sample a demand model from the posterior, solve the fluid LP for that model, and randomize prices according to its solution. The same paper extends the scheme to continuous price sets, contextual pricing and bandits with knapsacks.

Timeline of the relevant results:

  • 1997: Gallego and van Ryzin introduce the fluid LP upper bound for network revenue management with known demand.
  • 2012: Besbes and Zeevi give a non-Bayesian network pricing algorithm with worst-case regret O(K5/3T2/3log⁡T)O(K^{5/3}T^{2/3}\sqrt{\log T})O(K5/3T2/3logT​).
  • 2013: Badanidiyuru, Kleinberg and Slivkins (bandits with knapsacks) give worst-case regret O(KTlog⁡T)O(\sqrt{KT\log T})O(KTlogT​).
  • 2013–2014: Bubeck and Liu and Russo and Van Roy give prior-free Bayesian regret bounds for Thompson sampling in unconstrained bandits.
  • 2018: Ferreira, Simchi-Levi and Wang prove the O(TKlog⁡K)O(\sqrt{TK\log K})O(TKlogK​) Bayesian regret bound for TS-fixed (Theorem 1), the target of this mission.

Setting

There are NNN products and MMM resources. One unit of product iii consumes aij≥0a_{ij}\ge0aij​≥0 units of resource jjj, and resource jjj starts with inventory Ij≥0I_j\ge0Ij​≥0 that is never replenished. The season has TTT periods. In each period the retailer posts one of KKK price vectors pk=(p1k,…,pNk)p_k=(p_{1k},\dots,p_{Nk})pk​=(p1k​,…,pNk​) or a shut-off price p∞p_\inftyp∞​ under which demand is zero.

Given the posted price pkp_kpk​, the demand vector D(t)∈R+ND(t)\in\mathbb R^N_+D(t)∈R+N​ has law F(⋅ ;pk,θ)F(\cdot\,;p_k,\theta)F(⋅;pk​,θ), where θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ is unknown and drawn from a known, arbitrary prior μ0\mu_0μ0​. Demand is independent of the past given the posted price and θ\thetaθ, and is bounded: Di(t)∈[0,dˉi]D_i(t)\in[0,\bar d_i]Di​(t)∈[0,dˉi​]. Write dik(ρ)d_{ik}(\rho)dik​(ρ) for the mean demand of product iii under pkp_kpk​ and parameter ρ\rhoρ, and d=d(θ)d=d(\theta)d=d(θ).

When inventory covers all demand, all demand is sold. Otherwise the satisfied demand D~(t)\tilde D(t)D~(t) satisfies 0≤D~i(t)≤Di(t)0\le\tilde D_i(t)\le D_i(t)0≤D~i​(t)≤Di​(t), leaves every inventory nonnegative, and leaves at least one resource at zero; no other rule is imposed. Revenue is Rev(T)=∑t∑iD~i(t)Pi(t)\mathrm{Rev}(T)=\sum_t\sum_i\tilde D_i(t)P_i(t)Rev(T)=∑t​∑i​D~i​(t)Pi​(t).

For a mean-demand matrix ddd and capacities cj=Ij/Tc_j=I_j/Tcj​=Ij​/T, the linear program LP(d)\mathrm{LP}(d)LP(d) is

max⁡x≥0 ∑k=1K(∑i=1Npikdik)xks.t.∑k=1K(∑i=1Naijdik)xk≤cj  ∀j,∑k=1Kxk≤1,\max_{x\ge0}\ \sum_{k=1}^K\Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^N p_{ik}d_{ik}\Bigr)x_k\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\sum_{k=1}^K\Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^N a_{ij}d_{ik}\Bigr)x_k\le c_j\ \ \forall j,\qquad\sum_{k=1}^K x_k\le1,x≥0max​ k=1∑K​(i=1∑N​pik​dik​)xk​s.t.k=1∑K​(i=1∑N​aij​dik​)xk​≤cj​  ∀j,k=1∑K​xk​≤1,

with optimal value OPT(d)\mathrm{OPT}(d)OPT(d).

TS-fixed (Algorithm 1): in each period, sample θ(t)\theta(t)θ(t) from the posterior of θ\thetaθ given the history of posted prices and observed demands; let x(t)x(t)x(t) be an optimal solution of LP(d(θ(t)))\mathrm{LP}(d(\theta(t)))LP(d(θ(t))); post pkp_kpk​ with probability xk(t)x_k(t)xk​(t) and p∞p_\inftyp∞​ with the remaining probability; observe demand and update the posterior.

Finally pmax⁡=max⁡k∑ipikdˉip_{\max}=\max_k\sum_ip_{ik}\bar d_ipmax​=maxk​∑i​pik​dˉi​ and pmax⁡j=max⁡i:aij≠0, kpik/aijp^j_{\max}=\max_{i:a_{ij}\neq0,\,k}p_{ik}/a_{ij}pmaxj​=maxi:aij​=0,k​pik​/aij​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 against the LP benchmark

For K≥2K\ge2K≥2, T≥1T\ge1T≥1, every prior, every bounded demand family, every admissible fulfilment rule and every run of TS-fixed,

E[OPT(d)]⋅T−E[Rev(T)] ≤ (18 pmax⁡+37∑i=1N∑j=1Mpmax⁡jaijdˉi)TKlog⁡K.\mathbb E\bigl[\mathrm{OPT}(d)\bigr]\cdot T-\mathbb E\bigl[\mathrm{Rev}(T)\bigr]\ \le\ \Bigl(18\,p_{\max}+37\sum_{i=1}^N\sum_{j=1}^M p^j_{\max}a_{ij}\bar d_i\Bigr)\sqrt{TK\log K}.E[OPT(d)]⋅T−E[Rev(T)] ≤ (18pmax​+37i=1∑N​j=1∑M​pmaxj​aij​dˉi​)TKlogK​.

The paper prints this bound for BayesRegret(T)=E[Rev∗(T)]−E[Rev(T)]\mathrm{BayesRegret}(T)=\mathbb E[\mathrm{Rev}^*(T)]-\mathbb E[\mathrm{Rev}(T)]BayesRegret(T)=E[Rev∗(T)]−E[Rev(T)], where Rev∗\mathrm{Rev}^*Rev∗ is the revenue of the optimal policy that knows θ\thetaθ; see Formalization scope for why the LP benchmark is stated instead.

Milestones

The article states Theorem 1 and says that its proof is in the online appendix (Supplemental Material at the DOI). The article itself contains no numbered lemma. The milestone list is therefore empty; the appendix's lemmas will be added as milestones once the appendix is held.

Significance

The bound is prior-free and has explicit constants that depend only on prices, consumption rates and demand bounds. Its dependence on TTT matches the Ω(KT)\Omega(\sqrt{KT})Ω(KT​) lower bound for Bayesian regret in unconstrained bandits with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], a special case of the model with no inventory constraints (Bubeck and Cesa-Bianchi 2012, Theorem 3.5). It shows that the posterior-sampling principle survives the addition of resource constraints, lost sales and randomized LP-based pricing, and it is the template for the paper's later results (TS-update, contextual pricing, bandits with knapsacks).

The theorem is proved on paper but, as far as a platform search shows, not formalized anywhere. The platform has a formal proof of the unconstrained Bayesian Thompson sampling bound knlog⁡k/2\sqrt{kn\log k/2}knlogk/2​ (BanditAlgorithm.thompson_sampling_bayesian_regret, Lattimore–Szepesvári Theorem 36.5) and an open single-product deterministic upper bound in revenue management (RevenueManagement.deterministic_upper_bound). Neither has inventory, an LP subroutine, or lost sales. A formal proof here would supply the first machine-checked analysis of Thompson sampling under resource constraints and would check the paper's constants.

Difficulty

In an unconstrained bandit, Thompson sampling's regret reduces to a sum of per-period gaps between an upper confidence bound and the sampled reward, because the sampled optimal arm and the true optimal arm are identically distributed given the history. Here the action is a randomized mixture x(t)x(t)x(t) from an LP, the reward is not additive in the prices chosen, and revenue is lost when inventory runs out. Two quantities must be controlled: the revenue the algorithm would collect if all demand could be served, and the revenue lost to stock-outs. The second depends on the random time at which each resource is exhausted under a pricing rule that was optimized for a sampled, not the true, demand, and on an arbitrary fulfilment rule once some resource is empty. Standard bandit arguments do not bound such lost sales, which are a nonlinear function of the whole trajectory.

Formalization scope

Lean representation. Products, resources and price vectors are indexed by Fin N, Fin M, Fin K; the posted price is an Option (Fin K) with none the shut-off price. Periods are 0-based (t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1 stands for the paper's 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T). Θ\ThetaΘ is a standard Borel space with a probability measure μ0\mu_0μ0​; demand is a Markov kernel FFF from Θ×\Theta\timesΘ×Fin K to RN\mathbb R^NRN, bounded in [0,dˉi][0,\bar d_i][0,dˉi​] for every parameter. A run of TS-fixed is a family of random variables on a probability space satisfying, almost surely and via conditional expectations: θ∼μ0\theta\sim\mu_0θ∼μ0​; the posterior-sampling property of θ(t)\theta(t)θ(t) given everything before period ttt; the price draw with probabilities x(θ(t))x(\theta(t))x(θ(t)) for a measurable optimal LP selection xxx; the demand law given the past, θ(t)\theta(t)θ(t) and the posted price; and fulfilment rules (a)/(b). The logarithm is natural. Prices, consumption and inventory are nonnegative (implicit in the paper). OPT(d)\mathrm{OPT}(d)OPT(d) is a supremum over a nonempty bounded feasible set, so it has no junk value.

Corrections to the printed statement.

  1. K≥2K\ge2K≥2 is added. At K=1K=1K=1 the printed right-hand side is 000, yet on a one-price instance with Bernoulli(0.8)(0.8)(0.8) demand, I=T/2I=T/2I=T/2 and a point-mass prior, TS-fixed loses about 0.2pT0.2p\sqrt T0.2pT​ in expectation.
  2. The LP benchmark replaces E[Rev∗(T)]\mathbb E[\mathrm{Rev}^*(T)]E[Rev∗(T)]. Section 3.1.1 bounds E[Rev∗(T)∣d]\mathbb E[\mathrm{Rev}^*(T)\mid d]E[Rev∗(T)∣d] by OPT(d)⋅T\mathrm{OPT}(d)\cdot TOPT(d)⋅T, citing Gallego–van Ryzin. Under the paper's fulfilment rule this fails when products use disjoint resources: with two products, I=(T,1)I=(T,1)I=(T,1), p1=(1,0)p_1=(1,0)p1​=(1,0), p2=(1/2,0)p_2=(1/2,0)p2​=(1/2,0) and deterministic demand (1,1)(1,1)(1,1), the known-θ\thetaθ policy earns at least TTT while OPT(d)⋅T=1\mathrm{OPT}(d)\cdot T=1OPT(d)⋅T=1. The paper states that its proof bounds the gap to "the LP benchmark defined in Section 3.1.1" (p. 1594), and the last display of Section 3.1.1 bounds BayesRegret(T)\mathrm{BayesRegret}(T)BayesRegret(T) by exactly E[OPT(d)]⋅T−E[Rev(T)]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(d)]\cdot T-\mathbb E[\mathrm{Rev}(T)]E[OPT(d)]⋅T−E[Rev(T)]. Wherever the Gallego–van Ryzin bound holds, the corrected goal implies the printed one.

Ruled out. A bound for the "ideal" revenue ∑iDi(t)Pi(t)\sum_iD_i(t)P_i(t)∑i​Di​(t)Pi​(t) instead of the satisfied revenue, or for an arbitrary policy whose prices are merely close to the LP solution, is not Theorem 1; the goal carries the full TS-fixed run and the lost-sales accounting.

Infrastructure needed. Posterior-sampling identities for general (standard Borel) priors, a Hoeffding/Azuma-type concentration for bounded demand along the price-selection process, LP sensitivity with respect to the mean-demand matrix, and a pathwise bound on lost sales under an arbitrary fulfilment rule. The LP and fluid-benchmark definitions are reusable for later missions on TS-update (Theorem 2), contextual pricing (Theorem 4) and bandits with knapsacks (Theorem 5). Contributions welcome: proofs of the goal, and formal statements of the online appendix's lemmas.

Selected references

  • K. J. Ferreira, D. Simchi-Levi, H. Wang, Online Network Revenue Management Using Thompson Sampling, Operations Research 66(6):1586–1602, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1755
  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, A Multiproduct Dynamic Pricing Problem and Its Applications to Network Yield Management, Operations Research 45(1):24–41, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • O. Besbes, A. Zeevi, Blind Network Revenue Management, Operations Research 60(6):1537–1550, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1057
  • A. Badanidiyuru, R. Kleinberg, A. Slivkins, Bandits with Knapsacks, FOCS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1305.2545
  • S. Bubeck, C.-Y. Liu, Prior-free and Prior-dependent Regret Bounds for Thompson Sampling, NeurIPS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.0466
  • D. Russo, B. Van Roy, Learning to Optimize via Posterior Sampling, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(4):1221–1243, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0650
  • S. Bubeck, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Regret Analysis of Stochastic and Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 5(1), 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1204.5721
  • T. Lattimore, C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020, Chapter 36. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
3 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

An Optimal On-Line Algorithm for Metrical Task System 2: The Randomized Competitive Ratio of the Uniform Task System Lies Between H(n) and 2H(n)Research Paper

Motivation

Metrical task systems, introduced by Borodin, Linial and Saks (J. ACM 39(4), 1992), are a common abstraction of on-line problems in which a server occupies one of finitely many states, pays a cost for each task depending on its current state, and may pay a transition cost to change state first. Paging, list update and the kkk-server problem all fit into this framework. The paper's first main result is that every deterministic on-line algorithm on an nnn-state metrical task system has competitive ratio at least 2n−12n-12n−1, and that 2n−12n-12n−1 is attained. The lower bound comes from an adversary that always charges the state the algorithm currently occupies. That adversary needs to know the algorithm's state, which suggests that randomization can help.

Section 7 of the paper makes this precise for the simplest system, the uniform task system, in which all transitions cost 111. There the randomized competitive ratio against an oblivious adversary is between H(n)H(n)H(n) and 2H(n)2H(n)2H(n), where H(n)=1+12+⋯+1nH(n)=1+\tfrac12+\cdots+\tfrac1nH(n)=1+21​+⋯+n1​ is between ln⁡n\ln nlnn and 1+ln⁡n1+\ln n1+lnn. This was the first logarithmic bound for a task system.

Timeline:

  • 1985: Sleator and Tarjan introduce competitive analysis for list update and paging (CACM 28(2)).
  • 1987/1992: Borodin, Linial and Saks define metrical task systems, prove the deterministic ratio 2n−12n-12n−1, and prove H(n)≤wˉ≤2H(n)H(n)\le\bar w\le 2H(n)H(n)≤wˉ≤2H(n) for the uniform system (conference version STOC 1987; journal version cited above).
  • 1991: Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young prove the analogous 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ upper bound for randomized paging (J. Algorithms 12(4)).

Setting

A task system (S,d)(S,d)(S,d) is a finite set SSS of nnn states with a transition-cost matrix ddd: d(i,i)=0d(i,i)=0d(i,i)=0, d(i,j)>0d(i,j)>0d(i,j)>0 for i≠ji\ne ji=j, and d(i,k)≤d(i,j)+d(j,k)d(i,k)\le d(i,j)+d(j,k)d(i,k)≤d(i,j)+d(j,k). In the uniform task system, d(i,j)=1d(i,j)=1d(i,j)=1 for all i≠ji\neq ji=j. A task is a vector T∈R≥0ST\in\mathbb R_{\ge0}^ST∈R≥0S​ of processing costs. Given an initial state s0s_0s0​ and tasks T=T1⋯Tm\mathbf T=T^1\cdots T^mT=T1⋯Tm, a schedule is σ:{0,…,m}→S\sigma:\{0,\dots,m\}\to Sσ:{0,…,m}→S with σ(0)=s0\sigma(0)=s_0σ(0)=s0​, of cost

c(T;σ)=∑i=1md(σ(i−1),σ(i))+∑i=1mTi(σ(i)).c(\mathbf T;\sigma)=\sum_{i=1}^m d(\sigma(i-1),\sigma(i))+\sum_{i=1}^m T^i(\sigma(i)).c(T;σ)=i=1∑m​d(σ(i−1),σ(i))+i=1∑m​Ti(σ(i)).

The off-line optimum c0(T)c_0(\mathbf T)c0​(T) is the least cost over all schedules.

A deterministic on-line algorithm chooses σ(i)\sigma(i)σ(i) from s0s_0s0​ and T1,…,TiT^1,\dots,T^iT1,…,Ti. A randomized on-line algorithm RRR chooses σ(i)\sigma(i)σ(i) at random, with a distribution that depends on s0s_0s0​, on T1,…,TiT^1,\dots,T^iT1,…,Ti and on the states σ(0),…,σ(i−1)\sigma(0),\dots,\sigma(i-1)σ(0),…,σ(i−1) already visited. The task sequence is fixed before any random choice is made (an oblivious adversary). With pr(σ∣T)\mathrm{pr}(\sigma\mid\mathbf T)pr(σ∣T) the probability that RRR follows σ\sigmaσ, the expected cost is cˉR(T)=∑σc(T;σ) pr(σ∣T)\bar c_R(\mathbf T)=\sum_\sigma c(\mathbf T;\sigma)\,\mathrm{pr}(\sigma\mid\mathbf T)cˉR​(T)=∑σ​c(T;σ)pr(σ∣T). For w>0w>0w>0, RRR is expected www-competitive if there is a constant KKK with

cˉR(T)≤w c0(T)+K\bar c_R(\mathbf T)\le w\,c_0(\mathbf T)+KcˉR​(T)≤wc0​(T)+K

for every finite task sequence and every initial state. The randomized competitive ratio wˉ(S,d)\bar w(S,d)wˉ(S,d) is the infimum of all such www over all RRR.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

For the uniform task system on n≥1n\ge1n≥1 states,

H(n)  ≤  wˉ(S,d)  ≤  2H(n).H(n)\;\le\;\bar w(S,d)\;\le\;2H(n).H(n)≤wˉ(S,d)≤2H(n).

Milestones

  1. Upper bound (p. 759). Some randomized on-line algorithm is expected 2H(n)2H(n)2H(n)-competitive on the uniform task system.
  2. Lemma 7.2 (p. 759). Let DDD be a distribution on infinite task sequences over a finite task alphabet, with E(c0(Tj))→∞E(c_0(\mathbf T^j))\to\inftyE(c0​(Tj))→∞, and let mj=inf⁡AE(cA(Tj))m_j=\inf_A E(c_A(\mathbf T^j))mj​=infA​E(cA​(Tj)) over deterministic on-line algorithms. Then every achievable www satisfies
lim sup⁡j→∞mjE(c0(Tj))≤w.\limsup_{j\to\infty}\frac{m_j}{E(c_0(\mathbf T^j))}\le w .j→∞limsup​E(c0​(Tj))mj​​≤w.
  1. mj≥j/nm_j\ge j/nmj​≥j/n (p. 760) when the tasks are independent uniformly random unit elementary tasks UsU_sUs​ (cost 111 in sss, 000 elsewhere).
  2. Coupon collector (p. 760). For i.i.d. uniform states on SSS, the expected number of draws until every state has appeared is nH(n)nH(n)nH(n).
  3. Off-line cost (p. 760). Under the same distribution, E(c0(Tj))≤j/(nH(n))+CE(c_0(\mathbf T^j))\le j/(nH(n))+CE(c0​(Tj))≤j/(nH(n))+C for a constant CCC independent of jjj.

Significance

The theorem shows that randomization reduces the competitive ratio of the uniform task system from 2n−12n-12n−1 to Θ(log⁡n)\Theta(\log n)Θ(logn). That is an exponential improvement, and it identifies the adversary's knowledge of the algorithm's state as the source of the deterministic lower bound. Lemma 7.2 is a form of Yao's principle adapted to the additive-constant definition of competitiveness. It is the standard tool for randomized lower bounds in on-line computation, and the same argument shape reappears for paging and kkk-server lower bounds.

On the formalization side, the result is proved but, as far as is known, has not been machine-checked. A complete development yields a reusable model of randomized on-line algorithms with oblivious adversaries, a Yao-type lemma usable for other on-line problems, and a coupon-collector expectation in the product-measure setting. The upper half additionally needs the continuous-time reduction of the paper's Lemma 3.1 in randomized form, or a direct discrete-time algorithm.

Difficulty

For the upper bound, the natural algorithm is continuous-time. It proceeds in phases, and inside a phase it stays in a state until that state has accumulated cost 111. A discrete task can saturate several states at once and straddle a phase boundary. So a discrete algorithm must either simulate the continuous one or be analyzed directly, and the expected transition count per phase must be controlled with the first phase starting in a deterministic state.

For the lower bound, the first obstacle is that the natural statement "wˉ≥lim sup⁡mj/E(c0)\bar w\ge\limsup m_j/E(c_0)wˉ≥limsupmj​/E(c0​)" silently assumes that a randomized algorithm's expected cost, averaged over random inputs, is at least that of the best deterministic algorithm. With the behavioural (kernel) definition used here, this requires converting a kernel into a mixture of deterministic algorithms, which is Kuhn's theorem on each finite horizon. The second obstacle is that the paper's claim E(c0(Tj))≤j/(nH(n))+O(1)E(c_0(\mathbf T^j))\le j/(nH(n))+O(1)E(c0​(Tj))≤j/(nH(n))+O(1) is supported only by the elementary renewal theorem, which gives a limit of ratios; the additive bound needs a sharper renewal estimate. Mathlib has no renewal theory. The hypothesis E(c0(Tj))→∞E(c_0(\mathbf T^j))\to\inftyE(c0​(Tj))→∞ of Lemma 7.2 must also be established for the uniform distribution; the paper does not prove it separately.

Formalization scope

  • States form a finite nonempty type S, and nnn = Fintype.card S; no n≥2n\ge2n≥2 assumption is made (at n=1n=1n=1 the goal reads 1≤wˉ≤21\le\bar w\le21≤wˉ≤2, and wˉ=1\bar w=1wˉ=1). H(n)H(n)H(n) is Mathlib's harmonic n, cast to R\mathbb RR. The uniform system has unit transition cost.
  • Tasks are finite and nonnegative. The paper also allows +∞+\infty+∞ entries; these are excluded. Task sequences are Fin m → S → ℝ and schedules are Fin (m+1) → S with σ 0 = s₀. c0c_0c0​ is a finite minimum.
  • A randomized algorithm is a kernel S → List (S → ℝ) → List S → PMF S. This is the paper's scheduler–taskmaster description (p. 758), equivalent to a distribution over deterministic algorithms on every finite task sequence. pr(σ∣T)\mathrm{pr}(\sigma\mid\mathbf T)pr(σ∣T) is the product of kernel probabilities, and cˉR\bar c_RcˉR​ is a finite sum. That pr(⋅∣T)\mathrm{pr}(\cdot\mid\mathbf T)pr(⋅∣T) sums to 111 has been checked locally.
  • wˉ(S,d)\bar w(S,d)wˉ(S,d) is the real sInf of {w:∃R, R expected w-competitive}\{w : \exists R,\ R \text{ expected } w\text{-competitive}\}{w:∃R, R expected w-competitive}. On the empty set this would be 000, so the upper bound is stated as the existence of an expected 2H(n)2H(n)2H(n)-competitive algorithm, and Lemma 7.2 is stated for every achievable www. The goal's lower half forces the set to be nonempty. Statements of the form "wˉ≤c\bar w\le cwˉ≤c" alone are therefore not acceptable substitutes for milestones 1 and 2.
  • Lemma 7.2 is restricted to task sequences over a finite alphabet, with the product σ\sigmaσ-algebra and measurable singletons. This makes every E(cA(Tj))E(c_A(\mathbf T^j))E(cA​(Tj)) a genuine integral for every deterministic AAA, and it covers the paper's application. The lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of Lemma 7.2 is taken in EReal.
  • The coupon-collector time takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and its expectation is a lower Lebesgue integral. Milestone 5 renders the paper's O(1)O(1)O(1) as an explicit constant CCC chosen before jjj.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; a discrete-time randomized phase algorithm; a general Kuhn-type conversion from kernels to mixtures of deterministic algorithms; renewal-theoretic lemmas.

Selected references

  • A. Borodin, N. Linial, M. Saks, An Optimal On-Line Algorithm for Metrical Task System, J. ACM 39(4):745–763, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1145/146585.146588
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized Efficiency of List Update and Paging Rules, Commun. ACM 28(2):202–208, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive Paging Algorithms, J. Algorithms 12(4):685–699, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V
  • A. C.-C. Yao, Probabilistic Computations: Toward a Unified Measure of Complexity, FOCS 1977, 222–227. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.1977.24
  • S. M. Ross, Applied Probability Models with Optimization Applications, Holden-Day, 1970 (the elementary renewal theorem cited as [20] in the paper).
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers: The Product-Form Equilibrium DistributionResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks of queues model computer systems, communication networks and manufacturing lines: customers (jobs, packets, parts) move between service centers, wait, receive service and move on. Their equilibrium behaviour determines throughputs, utilizations and response times, and for most networks it can only be computed by solving the full balance equations of a continuous-time Markov chain whose state space grows combinatorially with the number of centers and customers. A product-form network is one whose equilibrium distribution factorizes over the centers; for such networks performance measures can be computed exactly by efficient algorithms (convolution, mean value analysis), and this is the basis of much of classical computer-performance modelling.

Timeline of the main product-form results:

  • 1957–1963, Jackson (Oper. Res. 5, 1957; Manag. Sci. 10, 1963): open networks of exponential FCFS queues, one customer class, Poisson arrivals.
  • 1967, Gordon and Newell (Oper. Res. 15): the closed single-class exponential case.
  • 1975, Baskett, Chandy, Muntz and Palacios (J. ACM 22): several customer classes with class switching, four service disciplines (FCFS, processor sharing, infinite server, preemptive-resume LCFS), service times with rational Laplace transforms at the last three, and open, closed or mixed networks with state-dependent Poisson arrivals. This is the BCMP theorem, the subject of this mission.
  • 1975–1979, Kelly (J. Appl. Prob. 12, 1975; Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley 1979): symmetric queues and quasi-reversibility, a general framework containing the BCMP disciplines.

Setting

A network has NNN service centers and RRR customer classes. A class-rrr customer finishing service at center iii next requires center jjj in class sss with probability pi,r;j,sp_{i,r;j,s}pi,r;j,s​ and leaves the network with probability 1−∑j,spi,r;j,s1-\sum_{j,s}p_{i,r;j,s}1−∑j,s​pi,r;j,s​. The pairs (i,r)(i,r)(i,r) are partitioned into subchains E1,…,EmE_1,\dots,E_mE1​,…,Em​ that routing never leaves. Each center has one of four types:

  1. FCFS, with an exponential service time of rate μi\mu_iμi​ common to all classes;
  2. a single processor-sharing server (each of nnn customers is served at rate 1/n1/n1/n);
  3. an infinite-server center;
  4. a single preemptive-resume LCFS server.

At types 2–4 the class-rrr service time is Coxian: uir≥1u_{ir}\ge1uir​≥1 exponential stages of rates μirl\mu_{irl}μirl​, and after stage lll the customer continues with probability airla_{irl}airl​ or finishes with probability birl=1−airlb_{irl}=1-a_{irl}birl​=1−airl​. The state S=(x1,…,xN)S=(x_1,\dots,x_N)S=(x1​,…,xN​) records the FCFS order of classes at type 1, the number mirlm_{irl}mirl​ of class-rrr customers in stage lll at types 2 and 3, and the LCFS order of (class, stage) pairs at type 4. External arrivals are Poisson, either with rate λ(M(S))\lambda(M(S))λ(M(S)) depending on the total population M(S)M(S)M(S) (process A) or with one stream per subchain of rate λk(M(S/Ek))\lambda_k(M(S/E_k))λk​(M(S/Ek​)) (process B); an arrival joins center jjj in class sss with probability qjsq_{js}qjs​. A subchain with q≡0q\equiv0q≡0 is closed and keeps a fixed population KkK_kKk​.

With relative arrival rates eir≥0e_{ir}\ge0eir​≥0 solving the traffic equations ∑(i,r)eirpi,r;j,s+qjs=ejs\sum_{(i,r)}e_{ir}p_{i,r;j,s}+q_{js}=e_{js}∑(i,r)​eir​pi,r;j,s​+qjs​=ejs​ and Airl=∏j<lairjA_{irl}=\prod_{j<l}a_{irj}Airl​=∏j<l​airj​ (the probability of reaching stage lll, stages numbered from 0), the paper defines fi(xi)f_i(x_i)fi​(xi​) per center type and a factor d(S)d(S)d(S) from the arrival rates.

Formalization targets

Goal: the BCMP theorem (§3.2, pp. 253–254)

π(S)=d(S) f1(x1) f2(x2)⋯fN(xN)\pi(S)=d(S)\,f_1(x_1)\,f_2(x_2)\cdots f_N(x_N)π(S)=d(S)f1​(x1​)f2​(x2​)⋯fN​(xN​)

satisfies the global balance equations of the network, and, under the paper's assumption that the equilibrium distribution is unique, every equilibrium distribution equals π/Z\pi/Zπ/Z whenever Z=∑Sπ(S)Z=\sum_S\pi(S)Z=∑S​π(S) is finite and positive. The goal covers all four center types, open, closed and mixed networks, and both arrival processes.

Milestones

  • §3.1 (p. 252): independent balance implies global balance.
  • §3.2 (p. 254): the product form satisfies the independent balance equations.
  • §4.1 (p. 254): the aggregate-state probabilities are C d(S) g1(y1)⋯gN(yN)C\,d(S)\,g_1(y_1)\cdots g_N(y_N)Cd(S)g1​(y1​)⋯gN​(yN​).

A further supporting item, also from §4.1 (p. 254), states that summing fif_ifi​ over local states with fixed class counts gives gig_igi​. So gig_igi​ depends on the service times only through their means 1/μir=∑lAirl/μirl1/\mu_{ir}=\sum_lA_{irl}/\mu_{irl}1/μir​=∑l​Airl​/μirl​.

Significance

The theorem places the four disciplines, class switching and mixed open/closed populations under one formula. Its corollary in §4.1, that aggregate probabilities depend on service time distributions only through their means (insensitivity), is what makes the model usable with measured mean service times, and it underlies the convolution and mean value analysis algorithms for normalizing constants.

The result is classical and proved on paper. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, it is not formalized: the platform has Kelly's single-class migration process with exponential service, a special case. A machine-checked BCMP theorem would provide a verified multiclass queueing-network model (states, event-driven transition rates, balance equations) on which later results can build: mean value analysis, the state-dependent rates of §5, and the open-network marginals of §4.2.

The printed statement contains an error. The paper defines Airl=∏j=1lairjA_{irl}=\prod_{j=1}^{l}a_{irj}Airl​=∏j=1l​airj​ (p. 253). With the branching of its Figs. 1 and 3, this product includes the branch out of stage lll. For exponential service (uir=1u_{ir}=1uir​=1) it gives Air1=air1=0A_{ir1}=a_{ir1}=0Air1​=air1​=0, so every fif_ifi​ of a type 2–4 center with a customer present vanishes, and a closed network of such centers would have no normalizable solution. The mission states the corrected theorem with Airl=∏j<lairjA_{irl}=\prod_{j<l}a_{irj}Airl​=∏j<l​airj​, which the mean-service-time identity of §4.1 also requires. The type-2 factor 1/mikl!1/m_{ikl}!1/mikl​! is read as 1/mirl!1/m_{irl}!1/mirl​!.

Difficulty

The algebra of the paper's proof is local: each independent balance equation reduces to the traffic equations. The difficulty is in making that statement precise for a real state space. The independent balance equations need a consistent labelling of each moving customer by the "stage" it leaves and enters. That labelling has to cover FCFS centers, where per-class labels are inconsistent (p. 253), the outside world of each open subchain, and LCFS preemption. Every in-flow into a state is a sum over predecessor states, and those states differ by list operations (appending at an FCFS tail, pushing on an LCFS head) or by stage-count updates. The factorials in the processor-sharing and infinite-server factors, and the telescoping identity ∑lAirlbirl=1\sum_lA_{irl}b_{irl}=1∑l​Airl​birl​=1 for departures, must line up exactly with the rates. The obvious shortcut is to check global balance directly for a single class with exponential service. That covers neither class switching, nor Coxian stages, nor mixed networks.

Formalization scope

Centers are Fin N, classes Fin R and subchains Fin m. The class-rrr stages at center iii are Fin (u i r) with u i r : ℕ+, numbered from 0. A local state is an inductive type with three shapes (FCFS list, stage-count array, LCFS list of (class, stage) pairs). The state space is the subtype of configurations whose shapes match the center types and whose closed subchains hold their fixed populations. Transition rates are the sums of the rates of explicit events (arrivals, FCFS completions, stage moves and completions, LCFS moves and completions). Global balance uses tsum; every state has finitely many successors and predecessors with nonzero rate, so these sums are finite. The standing assumptions (substochastic routing closed on subchains, closed subchains with no arrivals and no departures, positive rates, continuation probabilities in [0,1][0,1][0,1] vanishing at the last stage) are collected in Network.IsValid. Irreducibility of subchains is not assumed, and any nonnegative solution of the traffic equations is allowed. Under process B the product in d(S)d(S)d(S) runs over open subchains only. Uniqueness of the equilibrium is a hypothesis, as in the paper. The type-1 rate is constant, and the state-dependent rates of Condition 1 and §5 are not covered.

The following formalizations would trivialize the mission and are ruled out: stating only global balance of π\piπ (satisfied by π≡0\pi\equiv0π≡0), quantifying over arbitrary rate functions instead of the rates built from the network data, and restricting the goal to exponential service or to a single class.

Needed infrastructure: finite-support tsum manipulations, multinomial identities for the §4.1 sums over orderings and stage assignments, and bookkeeping for list and array updates. The model and the balance-equation layer can be reused for later queueing missions. Contributions are welcome on each milestone, on the per-center-type pieces of the independent balance check, and on helper lemmas about the event system.

Selected references

  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, Closed, and Mixed Networks of Queues with Different Classes of Customers, J. ACM 22(2):248–260, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • J. R. Jackson, Networks of Waiting Lines, Operations Research 5(4):518–521, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.5.4.518
  • J. R. Jackson, Jobshop-like Queueing Systems, Management Science 10(1):131–142, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • W. J. Gordon, G. F. Newell, Closed Queuing Systems with Exponential Servers, Operations Research 15(2):254–265, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.15.2.254
  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979. http://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/rsn.html
  • D. R. Cox, A Use of Complex Probabilities in the Theory of Stochastic Processes, Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 51:313–319, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100030231
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Captain: mikedeng1

Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence V: Change of Variables for Continuous SemimartingalesTextbook

Change of variables along random paths

The ordinary chain rule describes how a smooth function changes along a differentiable path. A continuous stochastic path can have fluctuations whose accumulated squared increments remain visible even when the time partition becomes arbitrarily fine. The change of variables formula must account for these fluctuations as well as the part of the path with finite variation. Ethier and Kurtz give this identity for time-dependent functions of multidimensional continuous semimartingales in Chapter 5, Theorem 2.9, equations (2.40)–(2.41), of Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence.

Processes and smooth functions

Work on a complete probability space with a filtration, an increasing family of sigma algebras describing the information available at each nonnegative time. The initial sigma algebra contains every ambient null set. For each coordinate, a continuous semimartingale has a decomposition

Xi(t)=Xi(0)+Vi(t)+Mi(t).X_i(t)=X_i(0)+V_i(t)+M_i(t).Xi​(t)=Xi​(0)+Vi​(t)+Mi​(t).

The initial vector is measurable with respect to the initial information. Each process ViV_iVi​ is continuous and adapted, starts at zero, and has bounded variation on every bounded time interval. Each MiM_iMi​ is a continuous adapted local martingale, initially zero almost surely: stopping along a suitable sequence of stopping times tending to infinity gives martingales. No Brownian driver or diffusion coefficient is specified.

Let f(t,x)f(t,x)f(t,x) be a real-valued function of nonnegative time and a vector in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The regularity class C1,2C^{1,2}C1,2 requires joint continuity of the function, its first time derivative, all first spatial derivatives, and all second spatial derivatives. The time derivative at zero is interpreted from the right. The hypotheses impose no compact support, global derivative bound, or second time derivative.

The change of variables identity

The goal is the complete identity

f(t,X(t))−f(0,X(0))=∫0tft(s,X(s)) ds+∑i∫0tfxi(s,X(s)) dVi(s)+∑i∫0tfxi(s,X(s)) dMi(s)+12∑i,j∫0tfxixj(s,X(s)) d⟨Mi,Mj⟩s.\begin{aligned} f(t,X(t))-f(0,X(0))={}&\int_0^t f_t(s,X(s))\,ds\\ &+\sum_i\int_0^t f_{x_i}(s,X(s))\,dV_i(s)\\ &+\sum_i\int_0^t f_{x_i}(s,X(s))\,dM_i(s)\\ &+\frac12\sum_{i,j}\int_0^t f_{x_ix_j}(s,X(s))\,d\langle M_i,M_j\rangle_s. \end{aligned}f(t,X(t))−f(0,X(0))=​∫0t​ft​(s,X(s))ds+i∑​∫0t​fxi​​(s,X(s))dVi​(s)+i∑​∫0t​fxi​​(s,X(s))dMi​(s)+21​i,j∑​∫0t​fxi​xj​​(s,X(s))d⟨Mi​,Mj​⟩s​.​

It holds almost surely simultaneously for every nonnegative time. The quadratic covariation ⟨Mi,Mj⟩\langle M_i,M_j\rangle⟨Mi​,Mj​⟩ records the limit of sums of products of increments. Both diagonal and off-diagonal contributions occur. The bracket processes and integral versions are supplied by the conclusion, rather than imposed as additional restrictions on the input processes.

What the identity supplies

The formula determines how a smooth observation of the evolving state changes. Its terms separate explicit time dependence, finite-variation motion, martingale fluctuations, and their second-order correction. This is the calculus result for a given continuous semimartingale; existence or uniqueness of solutions to a stochastic differential equation is a separate mathematical question. The target is the known theorem in the cited book. Its mathematical assertion includes existence of the integral versions appearing in the displayed identity.

Why continuity does not give the ordinary chain rule

Continuity of the sample paths does not imply bounded variation of the martingale component. Consequently, ordinary pathwise integration against that component does not supply the needed calculus. The stochastic integral requires a probabilistic limiting interpretation. A further issue is the exceptional set: an identity established separately at each time does not by itself provide one event of full probability on which it holds at every time. The continuous versions and the order of the quantifiers address that distinction.

Representations and boundary conventions

Coordinates are indexed by Fin d, and time is nonnegative. Allowing zero coordinates also includes the consistent case of a function of time alone. A dyadic partition has 2n2^n2n intervals, so the denominators in the defining sums are nonzero, including at partition level zero. At time zero all increments vanish.

The finite-variation integrals are characterized pathwise by limits of left dyadic sums. The stochastic integrals are continuous adapted processes characterized by convergence of those sums in probability at each fixed time. The cross brackets are characterized by the corresponding increment-product sums and are required to have continuous adapted versions of locally bounded variation. These predicates do not assume the change of variables identity. The ordinary time integral has a continuous integrand on each compact interval, so its integrability follows from the stated hypotheses. The source's almost-sure version conventions are retained; right continuity of the filtration is not an additional hypothesis.

Selected reference

Stewart N. Ethier and Thomas G. Kurtz, Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence, Wiley, 1986. Chapter 5, Stochastic Integral Equations, §2, Theorem 2.9, printed p.287 (held PDF p.296). Probability-space and version conventions: printed pp.279–280 and 286 (PDF pp.288–289 and 295).

6 thms1 active userReviewed
Stochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence IV: Martingale characterization of Markov processesTextbook

From local evolution to a Markov process

A stochastic process can be described through the way functions of its state change over time. For a suitable pair of functions f and g, the difference between f evaluated along the process and the accumulated integral of g has zero conditional drift. A martingale problem specifies a collection of such pairs. The question is whether these local conditions determine the evolution of the process, including the dependence of its future on its past. Ethier and Kurtz's Chapter 4, Theorem 4.1 answers this question under analytic hypotheses on the collection of pairs and a separation condition on the functions being observed.

State space, functions, and histories

Let E be a separable metric space, with its Borel sigma algebra. Write B(E) for the bounded real Borel functions, equipped with the uniform norm. A linear relation A is a linear subspace of B(E) × B(E). A pair (f,g) in A prescribes g as the drift associated with f; the relation is allowed to be multivalued. It is dissipative when

a∥f∥≤∥af−g∥((f,g)∈A, a>0).a\|f\|\leq\|af-g\|\qquad ((f,g)\in A,\ a>0).a∥f∥≤∥af−g∥((f,g)∈A, a>0).

Let μ be a probability measure on E. A solution X of the martingale problem for (A,μ) is a jointly measurable process on a probability space with initial law μ, satisfying the compensated moment identities of Chapter 4, equation (3.4). Those identities test each compensated increment against products of bounded Borel functions of finitely many earlier states. The natural past at time s is the sigma algebra generated by all coordinates X(r) with r≤s.

A subspace L of B(E) is separating if two Borel probability measures that have the same integral against every function in L must be equal. This is a condition on measures, stronger in purpose than merely distinguishing individual states.

Characterization target

Suppose A′ is a linear subrelation of A and, for some λ>0,

R(λ−A′)‾=D(A′)‾=L,\overline{\mathcal R(\lambda-A')}=\overline{\mathcal D(A')}=L,R(λ−A′)​=D(A′)​=L,

where both closures use the uniform norm and L is separating. Given a solution X of (A,μ), the target is the existence of a strongly continuous contraction semigroup T on L generated by the closed relation A′‾\overline{A'}A′, together with

E[f(X(s+t))∣FsX]=(T(t)f)(X(s))(s,t≥0, f∈L).\mathbb E[f(X(s+t))\mid\mathcal F_s^X]=(T(t)f)(X(s))\quad(s,t\geq0,\ f\in L).E[f(X(s+t))∣FsX​]=(T(t)f)(X(s))(s,t≥0, f∈L).

The process is Markov: for every bounded Borel observable, conditioning a future observation on the entire past agrees almost surely with conditioning on the present state. In addition, any other solution with initial law μ has exactly the same finite-dimensional distributions as X. The competing solution may live on a different probability space. Existence of X is an assumption; the existence conclusion concerns its corresponding semigroup.

What the characterization establishes

The theorem joins an analytic description of evolution with a probabilistic one. The closed generator relation determines a semigroup, while the martingale identities identify the conditional evolution of the supplied process. Separation allows observables in L to determine probability laws. Uniqueness concerns every finite list of observation times, which is the source's convention for this martingale problem.

This is a known theorem of Ethier and Kurtz. The formalization target is its complete statement and eventually a machine-checked proof. The present theorem remains a proof obligation. Its expression infrastructure consists of bounded functions, the natural past, and the finite-history definition of a solution.

Mathematical difficulty

The observed functions initially lie in a subspace L, whereas the Markov conclusion ranges over all bounded Borel observations. Identifying only individual expectations does not by itself establish conditional evolution or equality of joint laws. The analytic part must also identify the entire generator graph: agreement on the original relation alone is weaker than the asserted equality with its closure. Both closure hypotheses and probability-measure separation are therefore part of the target.

Formalization scope

Bounded functions are actual pointwise real functions with the uniform norm. Borel measurability is imposed on the relation, and uniform limits preserve it. The construction does not use functions modulo almost-everywhere equality. The state space is separable and metric; completeness and local compactness are not additional hypotheses. Processes need no right-continuous or cadlag paths.

Histories may be empty, repeated, or unordered, with every history time at most the start of the increment. Products combine repeated observations. Boundedness and finite time intervals ensure the required integrability. Nonnegative real times index the processes. The semigroup is represented by a real-indexed family whose axioms concern nonnegative times; negative-time values have no mathematical role. Generator equality is a biconditional for the derivative limit from positive times. The target retains semigroup correspondence, the ordinary Markov property, and unrestricted finite-dimensional uniqueness as one theorem.

Selected references

Stewart N. Ethier and Thomas G. Kurtz, Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence, Wiley, 1986, Chapter 4, Theorem 4.1, printed p.182 (PDF p.191); equations (3.4) and (4.2), printed pp.174 and 183. Separation conventions: Chapter 3, printed pp.112 and 116. Chapter 4.

4 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 10 of 11Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me